Introduction to Drafting and AutoCAD 2D by Wally Baumback is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, except where otherwise noted.
© 2021 Vancouver Community College
The CC licence permits you to retain, reuse, copy, redistribute, and revise this book—in whole or in part—for free providing the author is attributed as follows:
The following are registered trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., in the USA and/or other countries: AutoCAD®, AutoCAD LT®, Autodesk®, Autodesk Inventor®, AutoLISP®, AutoSketch®, AutoSnap™, AutoTrack™, DesignCenter™, DesignStudio®, DWF™, DWG™, DWGX™, DXF™, Inventor®, Inventor LT™, Mechanical Desktop®, ObjectARX®, ObjectDBX™, RasterDWG®, RealDWG®, Revit®, Revit LT™, SketchBook®, SteeringWheels®, TrustedDWG™, ViewCube®, Visual®, Visual LISP®.
Images of AutoCAD software are not included under the Creative Commons licence.
If you redistribute all or part of this book, it is recommended the following statement be added to the copyright page so readers can access the original book at no cost:
Sample APA-style citation (7th Edition):
Cover image attribution:
Ebook ISBN: 978-1-77420-134-3
Print ISBN: 978-1-77420-133-6
Visit BCcampus Open Education to learn about open education in British Columbia.
BCcampus Open Education believes that education must be available to everyone. This means supporting the creation of free, open, and accessible educational resources. We are actively committed to increasing the accessibility and usability of the textbooks we produce.
This textbook is an adaptation of an existing textbook that was not published by us. Due to its size and the complexity of the content, we did not have capacity to remediate the content to bring it up to our accessibility standards at the time of publication. This is something we hope to come back to in the future.
In the mean time, we have done our best to be transparent about the existing accessibility barriers and features below:
Element | Requirements | Pass? |
---|---|---|
Headings | Content is organized under headings and subheadings that are used sequentially. | Yes |
Images | Images that convey information include alternative text descriptions. These descriptions are provided in the alt text field, in the surrounding text, or linked to as a long description. | No |
Images | Images and text do not rely on colour to convey information. | Yes |
Images | Images that are purely decorative or are already described in the surrounding text contain empty alternative text descriptions. (Descriptive text is unnecessary if the image doesn’t convey contextual content information.) | Yes |
Tables | Tables include row and/or column headers that have the correct scope assigned. | Yes |
Tables | Tables do not have merged or split cells. | Yes |
Tables | Tables have adequate cell padding. | Yes |
Links | The link text describes the destination of the link. | Yes |
Links | Links do not open new windows or tabs. If they do, a textual reference is included in the link text. | Yes |
Links | Links to files include the file type in the link text. | Yes |
Font | Font size is 12 point or higher for body text. | Yes |
Font | Font size is 9 point for footnotes or endnotes. | Yes |
Font | Font size can be zoomed to 200% in the webbook or book formats. | Yes |
We are always looking for ways to make our textbooks more accessible. If you have problems accessing this textbook, please contact us to let us know so we can fix the issue.
Please include the following information:
You can contact us one of the following ways:
This statement was last updated on November 3, 2021.
The Accessibility Checklist table was adapted from one originally created by the Rebus Community and shared under a CC BY 4.0 License.
This textbook is available in the following formats:
For more information about the accessibility of this textbook, see the Accessibility Statement.
You can access the online webbook and download any of the formats for free here: Introduction to Drafting and AutoCAD 2D. To download the book in a different format, look for the “Download this book” drop-down menu and select the file type you want.
Format | Internet required? | Device | Required apps | Features |
---|---|---|---|---|
Online webbook | Yes | Computer, tablet, phone | An Internet browser (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, or Safari) | Option to enlarge text, and compatible with browser text-to-speech tools. |
No | Computer, print copy | Adobe Reader (for reading on a computer) or a printer | Ability to highlight and annotate the text. If reading on the computer, you can zoom in. | |
EPUB | No | Computer, tablet, phone | An eReader app | Option to enlarge text, change font style, size, and colour. |
HTML | No | Computer, tablet, phone | An Internet browser (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, or Safari) | Compatible with browser text-to-speech tools. |
Introduction to Drafting and AutoCAD 2D by Wally Baumback was funded by BCcampus Open Education.
BCcampus Open Education began in 2012 as the B.C. Open Textbook Project with the goal of making post-secondary education in British Columbia more accessible by reducing students’ costs through the use of open textbooks and other OER. BCcampus supports the post-secondary institutions of British Columbia as they adapt and evolve their teaching and learning practices to enable powerful learning opportunities for the students of B.C. BCcampus Open Education is funded by the British Columbia Ministry of Advanced Education and Skills Training and the Hewlett Foundation.
Open educational resources (OER) are teaching, learning, and research resources that, through permissions granted by the copyright holder, allow others to use, distribute, keep, or make changes to them. Our open textbooks are openly licensed using a Creative Commons licence and are offered in various book formats free of charge, or as printed books that are available at cost.
For more information about open education in British Columbia, please visit the BCcampus Open Education website. If you are an instructor who is using this book for a course, please fill out our Adoption of an Open Textbook form.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this introduction, you will be able to:
This book was designed to be used on AutoCAD software that was designed for the Windows operating system.
This book was written to be used with AutoCAD 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018. You must have one of these software packages installed on your computer to complete the lab exercises in the
book.
To complete the lab exercises in this book, you must have the four template files, that accompany it, on your hard drive. Module 2 will teach you how to use them.
The AutoCAD 2D Self-paced book was written as a tool to guide and teach you to master AutoCAD. No two students learn at the same pace, therefore the book was written with competency-based modules. The competency-based modules are bite-size pieces that allow you to work at your own pace. They can be used to learn by distance education, correspondence, online, instructor-lead classes, or by individuals teaching themselves to use AutoCAD in their own home or office.
There are five AutoCAD Self-paced books. They are AutoCAD 2D, AutoCAD 3D, AutoCAD 2D Advanced, AutoCAD 3D Advanced, and AutoLISP.
To get the most from this book, it is suggested that you have a working knowledge of Windows operating system. At the very least, you must have the ability to create folders plus move, copy, rename, and delete files.
The modules in the AutoCAD 2D book were written in a very logical step-by-step order. The following information will help you get the most from this book.
The modules in the book were written as bite-size pieces in a precise order and contain the information that is required to learn AutoCAD 2D.
Do not skim through the modules. Read each page and ensure that everything is understood in each module. Do not jump around inside the module or from module to module. Work methodically through each module, page by page.
As you work your way through each module, try to understand all the information it contains. To ensure that it is understood, you must be able to complete the lab exercises to prove it. Only when everything in the module is understood and you can complete the lab exercises, in the specified time limit, should you go to the next module.
Each module may contain Must Know’s, User Tips, Workalongs, Lessons, Key Principles, and Lab Exercises.
Most modules contain user Must Knows. You must understand and retain each one of these principles as you work your way through the modules. If you cannot understand any one of them, read back through the module. Do not go on until you fully understand it. Here is an example:
(Do not attempt to understand this Must Know now. It is here as an example only.)
User Tips are in the modules to help you draw in AutoCAD. They contain tips, tricks and ways to use commands that will help you draw faster and increase your productivity. Study them and try to use the tips while completing the labs exercises. They are there to help you work smarter, not harder. Here is an example:
(Do not attempt to learn this user tip now. It is here as an example only.)
A Workalong is an exercise that you complete by working along with the module, tutorial style, to complete a drawing using AutoCAD. Completing the Workalongs will help you understand how the commands and features being taught in that module work by actually using them in AutoCAD. This will prepare you to complete the drawings in the lab exercises without any assistance.
(Do not attempt this workalong now, it is here for an example only.)
Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template 2D English.
Save and name the drawing AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-1. Save it in the folder CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object shown in the figure. Keep in mind that you enter what is in bold font, the author’s comments are in italics, and everything else are AutoCAD responses or prompts. (Figure Step 3)
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 1.75,4
(Always start with an absolute coordinate. It must be a X then a Y separated with a comma.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @5,0
(Then change to relative coordinates. Note the @ first, then X and Y.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @−2.5,0
Some modules contain drafting and/or geometry lessons. They are included to teach users who do not have any previous drafting/design knowledge or experience. They may also be handy for drafters or designers who need a refresher lesson.
If you already know and understand the theory in the lesson, you can skip it and go on to the next topic in the module. Knowing the theory taught in the lessons will help you complete the lab exercises.
(Do not attempt this geometry lesson now. It is here for an example only.)
A circle is defined as a closed curve in which all points are the same distance from its center point. The center point is a single XY coordinate.
A circle is 360 degrees and can be divided into four quadrants. All points on a circle are at a given distance from is center point. The distance between any of the points and the center is called the radius.
Study the drawings in Figure 7-1, 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4 for a description of the geometry of a circle.
Each module contains a list of Key Principles at the end. The Key Principles are principles that you should have learned and understand in that module. It is important that you fully understand each one as you will be required to use them in future AutoCAD work.
(Do not attempt to learn the key principles now. It is here for an example only.)
Key Principles in Module 4
1. The @ symbol means “The last absolute coordinate location,” or sometimes called the lastpoint.
2. To close the last line of a series of lines, enter either C (Close) or the absolute coordinate of the first.
3. To delete existing drawing objects, you can either use the ERASE command or the Delete key on the.
4. Objects can either be selected before or after a command is.
5. To unselect an drawing object, press the Esc Sometimes it has to be pressed twice.
All lab exercises have a time limit allocated to them. To complete the lab exercise in the specified time limit, you must be able to complete the drawing, check it for accuracy and make any corrections. If you cannot complete it in the time allowed, redo the entire lab exercise. It is your way of proving that you have mastered the module.
Almost all modules contain at least two lab exercises. It is strongly suggested that you complete all lab exercises in the module.
Almost all lab exercises have a key provided that you can use to check the drawing’s accuracy. This is taught in Module 3: Checking the Accuracy of Your Drawings.
Every fifth module is a timed competency test module. A Competency Test Module has multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the last set of modules completed. There is no key supplied with this module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing or cannot complete it in the time allowed, go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo any lab exercises to help you learn the material.
The following conventions and symbols are used in the book to help you understand the material.
Words in red italics are new terms being introduced in that module. They will only appear in red italics the first time they are appear and will be defined. Here is an example:
The current layer is the layer that AutoCAD will place all newly created drawing objects on.
In Workalongs, all words and numbers in bold font are input by the user. It is your way of knowing if it is your input or an AutoCAD response. Here is an example:
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 1.75,4
Specify next point or [Undo]: @5,0
Command:
AutoCAD commands are always in uppercase. Here is an example:
To construct a fillet, use the FILLET command. The rule of thumb to follow is, “If the arc you are drawing is tangent to both objects it is connecting to, use the FILLET command to insert it.”
To help understand when an object or a location is picked, the modules use the letter “P” along with a number that indicates which pick it is in the sequence of picks.
(Do not attempt this workalong now. It is here as an example only.)
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.6000
Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: R
Specify fillet radius <0.6000>: .25
(Set the radius for the fillet.)
Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: P1
Select second object: P2
(Pick the two lines to insert the fillet between.)
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.2500
Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: P3
Select second object: P4
Command:
Comments by the author, to help explain what is happening in a command, are in green italics and enclosed in parentheses.
(Do not attempt these commands now. They are here for an example only.)
There are also author comments in the workalong or lab exercise to help you understand a principle or to complete a task. These will appear in a green textbox and be labelled “Author’s comments.” Here is an example:
Key Principles in Module Introduction 1
Do not memorize how to use AutoCAD – UNDERSTAND IT.
Have fun on your journey into the fascinating world of mastering AutoCAD.
Using AutoCAD is a never ending learning process and you will continue learning long after completing this book
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
IMPORTANT – PLEASE READ BEFORE COMPLETING THIS MODULE
If you are working on the AutoCAD 2D course in an instructor-led educational institute and only completing the workalongs and lab exercises on the computers at your school or college, skip this module. Go directly to Module 1.
If you are working on the AutoCAD 2D book in an instructor-led educational institute and completing the workalongs and lab exercises on your personal computer, do the following:
This book was written to be used with AutoCAD running on a computer with Windows software.
Start AutoCAD by clicking the desktop icon. In AutoCAD’s Graphic window, click the New icon located in the upper left corner. It will open the Select Template dialogue box (Figure Step 1).
In the Select Template dialogue box, click the template file: acad.dwt (or just acad on some computers) to highlight it. Then click the Open button. This will display AutoCAD’s Graphic window. (Figure Step 2)
Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that display with a blue background as shown in Figure Step 3A. All features should display with a gray background as shown in Figure Step 3B. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
In the Command Line window, located on the bottom of the Graphic window, enter the OPTIONS command by typing it on your keyboard. This will open the Options dialogue box. (Figure Step 4)
In the Options dialogue box, enable the Profiles tab. (Figure Step 5)
Click the Add to List button. This will open the Add Profile dialogue box. Enter the name: Original for the Profile name. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Using what you learned in Step 6, create a new profile named: AutoCADbook. (Figure Step 7)
Click the AutoCADbook profile to highlight it. While it is selected, click the Set Current button. Ensure that the Current profile is AutoCADbook as shown across the top of the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8)
Enable the display of the Files tab. Click the + on Customization Files to expand it. Click the + on the Main Customization File to expand it. Click the file and location to highlight it as shown in the figure. While it is selected, click the Remove button. (Figure Step 9)
Step 9 will remove the customization file and show a blank box as shown in the figure. Click the Browse button to open the Select a file dialogue box. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
In the Select a file dialogue box, pull down the Look in: box and find C drive. Click the folder: CAD Courses. (Figure Step 11)
Under CAD Courses, click the folder: AutoCAD 2D. (Figure Step 12)
Under the folder: AutoCAD 2D, click the folder: Menu. (Figure Step 13)
In the folder: Menu, click the file: AutoCADbook.CUIX and then the Open box. (Figure Step 14)
You should now see the file location:
C:\CAD Course\AutoCAD 2D\Menu\AutoCADbook.CUIX. (Figure Step 15A and 15B)
Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon on the right end of the Status bar located along the bottom of the Graphic window. (Figure Step 16)
In the Workspace pull-up menu, click Workspace Settings. This will open the Workspace Settings dialogue box. (Figure Step 17)
In the Workspace Settings dialogue box, set My Workspace to: AutoCADbook. Enable Automatically save workspace changes by clicking the radio button. Click OK to close the box. (Figure Step 18a)
Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: AutoCADbook to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside the workspace: AutoCADbook as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19a)
If you intend to use Ribbon menus to do this book, complete Steps 18b and 19b. If you intend to use Toolbar menus to do this book, skip to Step 20.
In the Workspace Settings dialogue box, set My Workspace to the workspace: Drafting & Annotation. Enable Automatically save workspace changes by clicking the radio button. Click OK to close the box (Figure Step 18b)
Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: Drafting & Annotation to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside the workspace: Drafting & Annotation as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19b)
Click the Hamburger icon located on the far right side of the Status bar. This will display the Customization menu. Enable or disable each item in the menu until it matches the figure. (Figure Step 20)
Enter the MENUBAR command and set it to 1, as shown below.
Command: MENUBAR
Enter new value for MENUBAR <0>: 1
Command:
Enter the NAVBARDISPLAY command and set it to 0, as shown below.
Command: NAVBARDISPLAY
Enter new value for NAVBARDISPLAY <1>: 0
Command:
Enter the VPCONTROL command and set it to OFF, as shown below.
Command: VPCONTROL
Enter new value for VPCONTROL <ON>: OFF
Command:
If you are using AutoCAD 2015 execute the following command:
Enter the NEWTABMODE command and set it to 0, as shown below.
Command: NEWTABMODE
Enter new value for NEWTABMODE <1>: 0
Command:
If you are using AutoCAD 2016 or 2017 execute the following command:
Enter the STARTMODE command and set it to 0, as shown below.
Command: STARTMODE
Enter new value for STARTMODE <1>: 0
Command:
Click Tools in the Pull-down menu. In the Pull-down menu, click Options. (Figure Step 25)
In the Options dialogue box, enable the Files tab. Expand Template Settings and Drawing Template File Location. Highlight the current location by clicking it. Click the Remove button. (Figure Step 26)
It will display an empty box as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 27).
Click the Browse button. In the Browse for Folders dialogue box, locate the folder: (Figure Step 28)
Click OK and the new location will appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 29A and 29B)
Enable the display of the Display tab. (Figure Step 30)
In the Display resolution area, set the Arc and circle smoothness to 20000. (Figure Step 31)
Set the Crosshair size to 100. (Figure Step 32)
Click the Colors button to open the Drawing Window Color dialogue box. Highlight 2D model space, Uniform Background and then select the color White as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 33A and 33B)
Click Apply and Close.
Enable the User Preferences tab. (Figure Step 35)
Ensure that both boxes are enabled in the Windows Standard Behavior area. Click the Right-click Customization button. Enable the box Turn on time sensitive right-click and set the Longer click duration to 250 milliseconds. (Figure Step 36A and 36B)
Click Apply and Close.
In the Insertion scale area, pull down the Source content units menu and select Inches. Do the same for the Target drawing units menu to set both to inches. (Figure Step 38A and 38B)
Enable the Drafting tab. (Figure Step 39)
Click the Colors box. In the Color box, pull-down the list and click Select Color. Enable the Index Color tab in the Select Color dialogue box, enter the number 253 and click OK. (Figure Step 40A, 40B, and 40C)
Click OK and then click Apply and Close.
Set the AutoSNAP Marker Size and the Aperture Size to approximately the sizes shown in the figures. If required, you can adjust these sizes, when required, as you work your way through the book. (Figure Step 42)
Enable the 3D Modeling tab. (Figure Step 43)
In the Display Tools in Viewport area, set it as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 44)
Enable the Selection tab. (Figure Step 45)
Set the Pickbox Size and the Grip Size to approximately the sizes as shown in the figure. If required, you can adjust these sizes, when required, as you work your way through the book. (Figure Step 46)
Click the OK button on the bottom of the Options dialogue box to close it.
Your AutoCAD software is now configured for the AutoCAD 2D book. Your Graphic window should closely match the figure. (Figure Step 48)
Go to Module 1.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
AutoCAD’s Graphic window is shown in Figure 1-1. The Graphic window is used most of the time when you are working in AutoCAD.
The crosshairs indicates your current location on the Graphic window or in 2D space. If you were drawing by hand, think of it as the point of your pencil. It is one of AutoCAD’s most important features and is used extensively when you are creating drawings. See Figure 1-1, and 1-3.
When you move the crosshairs onto a menu item, it will change its display to the Graphic cursor as shown in Figure 1-2. You use it to select menu items.
Pickbox
The pickbox is a small square located at the intersection of the crosshairs as shown in Figure 1-3. It is used to pick drawing objects.
The Status bar, Figure 1-4, is positioned across the bottom of the Graphic window and becomes a very important part of your day-to-day AutoCAD work.
The coordinate location or the XYZ coordinates of the current location of the crosshairs is displayed near the center of the Status bar. The coordinate location display can be enabled or disabled by clicking it with the left mouse button. Toggle buttons for AutoCAD’s features are located immediately to the right of the coordinate display. Many of these features will be taught in the AutoCAD 2D book.
The Model and Layout tabs, Figure 1-5, are used to toggle the display of Model space or one of the layouts. This will be discussed in greater detail in Module 18.
AutoCAD has two different menu systems that allows you to communicate with it. The two menu systems that you can choose from are the Toolbar menus and the Ribbon menus. See Figure 1-6. You can and should add the Pull-down menu to either the Toolbar or the Ribbon menu.
The Pull-down menus are located across the top of the Graphic window. When you click one of the items on the menu, with the left mouse button, the menu will pull down as shown in Figure 1-7 and 1-8.
If an item on the Pull-down menu has a small solid triangle at the end, it has a Flyout menu associated with it. Place the Graphic cursor on the triangle to force the Flyout menu to display as shown in Figure 1-9.
Toolbar menus are a series of icons that are located on a collection of menu bars. See Figure 1-10. The display of each toolbar can be enabled or disabled at your discretion. If they were all displayed at the same time, they would virtually fill the Graphic window. Therefore, their display must be enabled or disabled, as required, by the current operation in the drawing.
Toolbars can float inside the Graphic window or they can be docked along any one of its four sides. If the Graphic cursor is placed on an icon in a toolbar, a tooltip will display indicating the purpose of the icon as shown in Figure 1-11. AutoCAD allows you to create or edit existing toolbar menus. This is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
In Figure 1-8, the toolbars across the top of the Graphic window are docked and the ones in the centre are floating.
To enable or disable the display of a toolbar menu, place the Graphic cursor on any icon on a currently displayed toolbar and right-click the mouse. A list of all the available toolbar menus will display as shown in Figure 1-12. Click the name on the toolbar menu to toggle its display. A checkmark beside the toolbar’s name indicates that it is currently displayed in the Graphic window.
When a menu item has 3 dots after it as shown in Figure 1-13 it indicates that there is more. When clicked, it will open a dialogue box or a window.
AutoCAD uses many different dialogue boxes to speed the drawing process. A dialogue box is an effective and efficient method for AutoCAD to allow you to modify or enter information, settings, and sizes. While a dialogue box is open, no other work can be done in the current drawing. It must be closed before continuing to the next command. If you close a dialogue box by clicking the X in the top right corner, it will cancel your current input in the box. If you want to save your input, you must click the OK button. A typical dialogue box is shown in Figure 1-14.
AutoCAD uses many different windows to speed the drawing process. Compared to a dialogue box, a window is a more efficient method for AutoCAD and you to communicate. Windows are interactive and display data and information about the current drawing or objects in that drawing as the drawing is being worked on. Unlike a dialogue box, a window updates automatically and can remain on the screen as you work on the drawing. You must close a window by clicking the X in the upper corner. This will not cancel you input. A typical window is shown in Figure 1-15.
Command Line Window
The Command Line window is used, by you, to enter keyboard commands and user inputs. It is also used by AutoCAD to output information to you. See Figure 1-16. It is one of the ways that you communicate with AutoCAD and is a very important way for AutoCAD to communicate with you. It is important for you to watch this window closely when you are drawing. It is used by AutoCAD to ask for information, instruct you to what data it requires, or display answers to your inquiries. This will be discussed in much greater detail in Module 2.
The Text window, Figure 1-17, displays all of the commands that were entered by you and AutoCAD’s responses to those command for the duration that the current drawing is open. This is one way for you to look back at the commands, user input, and AutoCAD’s responses. To toggle the display of the Text window, press F2.
AutoCAD is programed to use the three buttons on a mouse as follows:
Left Button: This is the pick button. Use it to pick objects, pick menu items, or to select locations on the drawing.
Middle Button: The middle button, or wheel, is used to zoom and pan around the drawing. This will be discussed in detail in Module 9.
Right Button: The right button has two uses. If pressed and released quickly, it repeats the last command. If pressed and held in, it displays the cursor menu. See Figure 1-18.
The cursor menu displays differently depending on the current or last command entered. It can be a very helpful menu once you become a more experienced user.
If you are using Ribbon menus, skip forward to WORKALONG: Learning to Use AutoCAD’s Interface using Ribbon Menus.
Launch AutoCAD. AutoCAD’s blank window will display. (Figure Step 1)
Click the New icon located in the upper right corner as shown in the figure. This will open the Select Template dialogue box. (Figure Step 2)
In the Select Template dialogue box, click the template file: 2D English to highlight it. Then click the Open button. This will open AutoCAD’s Graphic window. (Figure Step 3)
Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace: AutoCADbook to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside AutoCADbook as shown in the figure. Your Graphic window should match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. It is located on the bottom left corner of the window. If it is not enabled, click it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 5)
Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that display with a blue background as shown in Figure Step 6A. All features should display with a gray background as shown in Figure Step 6B. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Click the coordinate display, located on the left side of the Status bar, to disable it shown in Figure Step 7A. Click it again to enable it as shown in Figure Step 7B. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Click the Draw item in the Pull-down menu to pull down the menu. Hold the Graphic cursor over the flyout triangle at the end of the Circle command to force the flyout to display. (Figure Step 8)
Move the Graphic cursor onto any toolbar icon and right click the mouse. This will pull down a list of all available toolbar menus. The ones that are preceded with a checkmark are enabled and are currently displayed in the Graphic window. Ensure that the toolbars Draw, Inquiry, Layers, Modify, Properties, Standard, and Styles are the only ones enabled. Click on the name to toggle the display of the toolbar. (Figure Step 9)
Move the Graphic cursor onto the lines at the end of the Layers toolbar. Press and hold the left mouse button down and drag the toolbar somewhere into the Graphic window and release the button. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C)
Move the cursor onto bars at the end of the Layers toolbar and hold it for a few seconds. The toolbar’s name, Layers, will display as a tooltip. (Figure Step 11)
Using what was taught in Step 9, drag all six toolbars into the Graphic window as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Using what you learned doing Steps 9 and 12, drag all six toolbars back into position by docking them to the locations shown in the figure. (Figure Step 13)
Using what you learned earlier in the workalong, enable the display of the Modify II toolbar. It will display as a floating toolbar. (Figure Step 14A and 14B)
Move the Graphic cursor onto the top edge of the Modify II toolbar until the cursor displays as double arrows. See Figure Step 15A. Press the left mouse button and while holding it down, drag the toolbar upwards until it matches Figure Step 15C. (Figure Step 15 A, 15B, 15C)
Using what was taught in Step 14 and 15, enable the display of the Object Snap toolbar and change its appearance to match the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Step 17
Close the Object Snap and Modify II toolbars by clicking the X in the top right corner of each toolbar.
Click Format on the Pull-down menu and then click Units to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 18A and 18B)
Move the Graphic cursor onto the icons in the Standard toolbar. As you move it over the icons, tooltips with the toolbar’s name will display. Find the Properties icon. Click it to open the Properties window. (Figure Step 19A and 19B)
Click the X in the top corner of the window to close it.
Press the function key F2. It will open the Text window as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 21)
Press the function key F2 again to close the Text window.
Click File on the Pull-down menu. Click Exit to close AutoCAD. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, click No. (Figure Step 23)
Go to Module 2.
If you are using Toolbar menus, go to Module 2.
Launch AutoCAD. AutoCAD’s blank window will display. (Figure Step 1)
Click the New icon located in the upper right corner as shown in the figure. This will open the Select Template dialogue box. (Figure Step 2)
In the Select Template dialogue box, click the template file: 2D English to highlight it. Then click the Open button. This will open AutoCAD’s Graphic window. (Figure Step 3)
Click the small arrow in the Workplace Switching icon again on the Status bar. Click the workspace:
Drafting & Annotation to set it as the current workspace. Make sure that the check mark is beside Drafting & Annotation as shown in the figure. Your Graphic window should closely match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. It is located on the bottom left corner of the window. If it is not enabled, click it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 5)
Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that display with a blue background as shown in Figure Step 6A. All features should display with a gray background as shown in Figure Step 6B. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Click the coordinate display, located on the left side of the Status bar, to disable it shown in Figure Step 7A. Click it again to enable it as shown in Figure Step 7B. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
USER TIP: You can easily check to see if a feature on the Status bar is enabled or disabled by holding your graphic cursor on the icon. A pop up window will display indicating the name of the feature and whether it is currently on or off as shown in the figures.
Click Format on the Pull-down menu and then click Units to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Click the View tab on the Ribbon menu. Find the Properties icon. Click it to open the Properties window. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Click the X in the top corner of the window to close it.
Press the function key F2. It will open the Text window as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Press the function key F2 again to close the Text window.
Click File on the Pull-down menu. Click Exit to close AutoCAD. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, click No. (Figure Step 13)
Go to Module 2.
Key Principles in Module 1
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
An AutoCAD drawing is a database file containing graphical and non-graphical data. The file must have the extension .dwg. To be able to draw anything in AutoCAD, you must have an open drawing. Multiple drawings can be opened at the same time and you can switch between them, as required. Only one drawing can be current at a time. Thecurrent drawing is the drawing currently being affected by the commands you are entering. It is also called theactive drawing.
Adrawing template is a drawing file that may contain layouts, defaults, blocks, and standards set by the creator of the template. A template file must be used to start every new drawing. A template drawing is simply an AutoCAD drawing saved as a template file and must have the extension .dwt. Creating template files is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
There are four drawing template files that are an important part of the AutoCAD 2D book. One of these templates must be used to start all new drawings for all workalongs and lab exercise throughout the book. These templates are supplied to each user of the AutoCAD 2D book and should be saved in the Templates folder as shown in Figure 2-1.
AutoCAD uses many different file extension names. The file extensions used in the AutoCAD 2D book are .dwg, .dwt, and .bak. See Figure 2-2. Many other AutoCAD file extensions are taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
AutoCAD creates a .bak file when a previously saved drawing is saved. When the current drawing is saved, AutoCAD changes the extension of the existing drawing from .dwg to .bak and then creates a new file with the extension .dwg. If a drawing file ever gets lost or corrupted, the extension name of the .bak file can be changed to .dwg and opened in AutoCAD.
Each drawing should be assigned a unique name. It is important for you to name a new drawing as soon as possible after you start it. Getting into a habit of doing this will save you many hours of searching the disk drive looking for existing drawings or redrawing lost drawings.
AutoCAD Command: NEW
The NEW command is used to start a new drawing. Shortcut: CNTL+N
AutoCAD Command: QSAVE
The QSAVE command is used to save the current drawing. Shortcut: CTRL+S
AutoCAD Command: OPEN
The OPEN command is used to open a saved drawing. Shortcut: CTRL+O
AutoCAD Command: SAVEAS
The SAVEAS command is used to save the current drawing with a new name. Shortcut: CTRL+SHIFT+S
AutoCAD Command: CLOSE
The CLOSE command is used to close the current drawing. Shortcut: none
Launch AutoCAD.
Click the New icon. This will open the Select template dialogue box. Select the template: 2D English and then click Open (Figure Step 2)
Note the drawing name: Drawing1.dwg displays on the top bar of the Graphic window. (Figure Step 3)
Enter the QSAVE command to open the Save Drawing As dialogue box. Find and select the folder: CAD Courses. Under it, select the folder: AutoCAD 2D and under that, the folder: Lab Exercise. (Figure Step 4A, 4B, and 4C)
With Lab Exercises in the Save in box, enter the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-1 in the File name: box. (Figure Step 5)
Note that the folder location and the drawing name:
C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises\AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-1.dwg displays on the top bar of the Graphic window. (Figure Step 6)
Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. If not, enable it by clicking it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 7)
Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that are enabled. Your Status bar should match the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Ensure that ByLayer is enabled in the first 3 boxes on the Properties toolbar or the Properties tab in the Ribbon menu. (Figure Step 9)
Enter the CLOSE command to close the current drawing. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, answer Yes.
Using what you learned in the first part of the workalong, start a new drawing using the template: 2D Metric. (Figure Step 11)
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-2 in the folder: C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises. (Figure Step 12)
Enter the CLOSE command to close the current drawing. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, answer Yes.
Enter the OPEN command to open the Select File dialogue box. In it, locate the folder: C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises. (Figure Step 14)
With Lab Exercise in the Look in box, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-1. (Figure Step 15)
USER TIP: If the Select File dialogue box does not open when you enter the NEW command, enter the FILEDIA command and set the value to 1 as shown below:
Command: FILEDIA
Enter new value for FILEDIA <0>: 1
Command:
Enter the SAVEAS command. It will open the Save Drawing As dialogue box. In the File name: box, enter the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-3. (Figure Step 16)
Enter the CLOSE command to close the current drawing. If you are asked if you want to save the drawing, answer Yes.
Minimize AutoCAD and open File Explorer. Find the folder:
C:\CAD Courses\AutoCAD 2D\Lab Exercises. You should see three drawing files either with or without the .dwg extension as shown in the figures. (Figure Step 18A and 18B)
Most work in AutoCAD consists of you issuing instructions to AutoCAD. Those instructions are called commands. Commands are usually entered using the Command Line window, a Pull-down menu, a Toolbar menu, or a Ribbon menu. Figure 2-3 shows the LINE command being entered using all four methods.
Regardless of the way you enter a command, AutoCAD does not know or care where the command was initiated. To AutoCAD, all commands look alike, therefore you can choose which method you want to use. There is no right or wrong method to enter a command. Throughout the AutoCAD 2D book, the different methods of entering commands is shown and the you can decided which method to use.
Some menu items execute commands automatically but most of the time it is up to you to execute the command. Executing a command is your way of telling AutoCAD that you are finished and AutoCAD should do what was commanded. A command can be executed by either pressing the Enter key or the Space Bar.
AutoCAD can be very repetitive. To work faster, the last command that was executed can be repeated by pressing the Enter key, the Space bar, or by right clicking the mouse.
After most commands are executed, AutoCAD will respond with an option prompt. An option prompt is AutoCAD asking you a question in response to a command or requesting some user input. Figure 2-4 shows three commands and the option prompts returned by each one. Your input is shown in bold. In the LINE command, AutoCAD’s option prompt is
‘ Specify first point ‘ and you respond 2,2. AutoCAD then prompts ‘ Specify next point or [Undo]: ‘. It is important for you to watch the Command Line window to see what AutoCAD is asking from you next.
AutoCAD sets defaults for almost everything. A default is the value AutoCAD uses, if you do not supply one. Defaults are enclosed inside angle brackets ‘ < > ‘. If you want to use the default value, simply respond by pressing the Enter key or the Space bar. See Figure 2-5.
Command options are selections that you can choose from to change the default. Command options are enclosed inside ‘ [ ] ‘ as shown in Figure 2-5. An example of the defaults and options for the CIRCLE command are as follows:
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]:
Specify center point for circle – is the default.
[3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)] – are the options.
Commands can be cancelled or aborted by pressing the Esc key on the keyboard. Sometimes it must be pressed twice to completely abort the command and return to the Command: prompt.
USER TIP: AutoCAD’s option prompts are a combination of upper and lower case letters. To help you work faster, only enter the uppercase character(s) when entering an option. For example:
Command: LENGTHEN
Select an object or [Delta/Percent/Total/DYnamic]:
(For Delta, enter D, for Percent enter P, for Total enter T, and for DYnamic enter DY.)
Using what you learned earlier in this module, start a new drawing using template: 2D English.
Save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 02-4 in the Lab Exercises folder.
Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. If it is not, enable it by clicking it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 3)
Disable all features on the Status bar by clicking any that are enabled. Your Status bar should match the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Ensure that ByLayer is enabled in the first 3 boxes on the Properties toolbar or the Properties tab in the Ribbon menu. (Figure Step 5)
Look in the Command Line window. Note that when there is no active command, AutoCAD displays ‘ Type a command ‘ prompt. The prompt is AutoCAD asking you to enter a command. (Figure Step 6)
Enter the LINE command by selecting Draw on the Pull-down menu. In the Draw Pull- down, select Line. (Figure Step 7)
Note in the Command Line window AutoCAD is now prompting ‘ Specify first point: ‘. (Figure Step 8)
Press Esc to abort (cancel) the command. (Figure Step 9)
At the Command: prompt, enter the CIRCLE command by typing it on the keyboard. (Figure Step 10)
Press Enter to execute the command. Note how AutoCAD prompts ‘ Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: ‘ (Figure Step 11)
Enter a T and press Enter. Take note of the new prompt ‘ Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: ‘. (Figure Step 12)
Press Esc to abort the command. (Figure Step 13)
Enter the ARC command by typing it in on the keyboard. Press the Space bar to execute command. Press Esc to abort the command. (Figure Step 14)
Press Enter without entering a command. Note how AutoCAD will repeat the last command. (Figure Step 15)
Press Esc to abort the command to return to the Command prompt. (Figure Step 16)
Enter the QSAVE command by either typing it on the keyboard. (Figure Step 17)
Enter the CLOSE command to close the drawing. (Figure Step 18)
MUST KNOW: Command options are selections that you can choose from to change the command default. Command options are enclosed inside square brackets ‘ [ ] ‘.Select first object [Polyline/Radius/Trim] – Enter either a P, R or T to change the default.
Key Principles in Module 2
1. An AutoCAD drawing is a database file containing graphical and non-graphical data and must have the extension .dwg.
2. A drawing template is a drawing file that may contain layouts, defaults, blocks, and standards set by the creator of the template and must be used to start a new drawing.
3. The AutoCAD file extensions taught in the AutoCAD 2D book are .dwg, .dwt, and .bak. .dwg is a drawing file. .dwt is a template file. .bak is a backup file.
4. Regardless of the way commands are entered, AutoCAD doesn’t really know or care where the command was initiated.
5. A default is the value AutoCAD uses, if you do not supply one. Defaults are enclosed inside angle brackets ‘ < > ‘. If you want to use the default value, simply respond by pressing the Enter key or the Space bar.
6. In an AutoCAD command prompt, the options are enclosed inside square brackets ‘ [ ] ‘.
7. The Enter key or the Space bar are used to execute a command. If there is no active command and either the Enter key or Space bar are pressed, the last command will repeat. The same thing can be achieved by right clicking the mouse.
8. The Esc key will cancel or abort any AutoCAD command or process.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book, the Model tab should be enabled. (Figure Step 2)
Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book, all features on the Status bar should be disabled as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
If any icons in the Status bar are enabled as shown in Figure Step 4, click them until they are disabled as shown in Figure Step 3. (Figure Step 4)
Unless otherwise instructed, each time you start a workalong or a lab exercise in the AutoCAD 2D book, the first three box of the Properties toolbar or the Properties tab in Ribbon menu should be set ByLayer . (Figure Step 5)
Save and name the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 02-1. Save the drawing in the folder: C:\CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises. Using the CLOSE command, close the drawing.
Complete the following:
C:\CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises
Complete the following:
Minimize AutoCAD and open File Explorer. Locate the folder:
C:\CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises. It should contain 7 drawing files, with or without the extension .dwg, as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 03-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Check to ensure that the Model tab is enabled. If it is not, enable it by clicking it with the left mouse button. (Figure Step 3)
Ensure that all features on the Status bar are disabled by clicking any that are enabled. Your Status bar should match the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Ensure that ByLayer is enabled in the first 3 boxes on the Properties menu. (Figure Step 5)
Click Format on the Pull-down menu and click Units to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Pull down the Insertion scale list and select Inches. Click OK to close the Drawing Units dialogue box. (Figure Step 7)
Click Insert on the Pull-down menu and select Block. This will open the Insert dialogue box. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Click the small triangle at the end of the Name: pull-down list to pull down the list of block names. (Figure Step 9)
Select the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 03-1. (Figure Step 10)
Ensure that the three Specify On-screen boxes are disabled as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Ensure that the Insert dialogue box matches the figure and click the OK button. (Figure Step 12)
This will insert a magenta colored key on your drawing. (Figure Step 13)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 3
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A point is defined as a single XY coordinate. It does not have a width, height, or depth. A line is the shortest distance between two XY coordinates. Lines can be horizontal, vertical, or inclined. Lines that are the same distance apart are called parallel lines. Perpendicular lines are at right angles to each other or 90 degrees apart. See Figure 4-1 and 4-2.
To accurately draw an AutoCAD two dimensional (2D) drawing, you must enter XY coordinate locations. These XY coordinates are based on the Cartesian Coordinate System.
The Cartesian Coordinate System consists of two numbered lines crossing perpendicular to one another at their zero values. The horizontal axis is the X axis and the vertical axis is the Y axis. See Figure 4-3. A coordinate value is assigned to each location on the current construction plane. Throughout the AutoCAD 2D book you will be working on the same construction plane. Construction planes are fully explained in the AutoCAD 3D book.
When you are using a AutoCAD 2D command, each coordinate value consists of a pair of numbers, the first is the X coordinate and the second is the Y coordinate, written X,Y. The X and Y values must be separated by a comma. For example, X2,Y4 (entered in AutoCAD as 2,4) is the location 2 units to the right (positive) and 4 units up (positive) from X0,Y0 or 0,0.
The values can be either positive or negative. Positive numbers are default so the plus sign is not required. If the value is negative, the minus sign must precede the number. For example if entered in a an AutoCAD command, -3,5 is X minus 3 and Y positive 5.
Cartesian coordinates can be entered in a AutoCAD command as either absolute coordinates or relative coordinates.
Absolute Cartesian Coordinates are always referenced to the absolute origin 0,0. The Absolute Cartesian Coordinate 3,4 (X3Y4) is 3 units to the right and 4 units upwards from 0,0 (X0Y0).
Negative values can also be used. The Absolute Cartesian Coordinate -4,2 (X-4,Y2) is 4 units to the left and 2 units upwards from 0,0 (X0Y0).
Relative Cartesian Coordinates are incremental to the lastpoint. To indicate to AutoCAD that the coordinate being entered is relative, the @ symbol must precede the coordinate value. For example, @2,6, which means ‘ from the lastpoint go 2 units in the positive X and 6 units in the positive Y ‘. Another example using negative values @4,-2 which means ‘ from the lastpoint go 4 units in the positive X and 2 units in the negative Y.
The lastpoint is the last XY location that was used in an AutoCAD command. The lastpoint is very important to you when drawing in AutoCAD. AutoCAD remembers the lastpoint entered and saves it in the @ symbol. The @ symbol means ‘ The last absolute coordinate location ‘.
AutoCAD Command: LINE
The LINE command is used to draw lines.
Shortcut: L
Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object shown in the figure. Keep in mind that you enter what is in bold font, the author’s comments are in italics, and everything else are AutoCAD responses or prompts. (Figure Step 3)
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 1.75,4
(Always start with an absolute coordinate. It must be a X then a Y separated with a comma.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @5,0
(Then change to relative coordinates. Note the @ first, then X and Y.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-2.5,0
(A negative coordinate is used since the line is going in the negative X direction.)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,1.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-1,1
(When both the X and Y coordinates have a value other then zero, the line will be inclined.)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-1.5,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C
(You can use a C or 1.75,4 to close the last line and return to the first point.)
Command:
Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: When drawing inclined lines using Cartesian Coordinates, the value of both the X and the Y coordinates cannot be zero. See example below.
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 4,3
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2
Specify next point or [Undo]: @-1.5,1
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-1,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command:
Note to draw the inclined line, you have to enter a X value and a Y value that is not zero. In this example, @-1.5,1 If either X or the Y is zero, then the line would be either horizontal or vertical. See Figure 4-4.
In Module 10, you will be taught how to draw incline lines using Polar Coordinates.
Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-2. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Command: L
(L is the shortcut for the LINE command)
Specify first point: 7,5
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,2
Specify next point or [Undo]: @-2,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @.75,1
(You can draw an inclined line by entering a number other then zero for both the X and Y.)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-3.5,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-.75,-1
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: U
(When you make an input error, enter a U to go back one step. More than one U can be entered to step back further. Ensure that you press the ENTER or SPACE after each one.)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @.75,-1
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-2,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,-2
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @4,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,-.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: 7,5
(The object was closed by entering the absolute coordinate of the first point.)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: Command:
Your completed object should match the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Save and close the drawing.
To delete existing drawing objects, you can either use the ERASE command or the Delete key.
When deleting drawing objects using the ERASE command, the drawing objects can either be selected before or after the command is entered. If the command is entered before selecting the objects, select the objects when prompted by the ‘ Select Object ‘ prompt, as shown below. If the objects are selected before entering the ERASE command, there is no prompt.
Command: ERASE
Select Object:
Command:
When deleting objects using the Delete key, select the object or objects before pressing the key.
AutoCAD Command: ERASE
The ERASE command is used to permanently remove drawing objects from the drawing.
Shortcut: E
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-1.
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 04-3. (Figure Step 2)
Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Move the pickbox onto the horizontal line and select it by pressing the left mouse button. Move the cursor onto the vertical line and select it. Press the Enter key to execute the command. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, and 3C)
Command: ERASE
Select objects: 1 found
Select objects: 1 found, 2 total Select objects:
Command:
To delete drawing objects without entering a command, move the pickbox onto the lines,
as shown in the figure, and select them by clicking the left mouse button. They will highlight and appear dashed with small blue squares on them. When the lines display as shown in the figure, press the Delete key on the keyboard. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 4
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-1 in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Using the LINE command, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches. (Figure Step 4)
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 5)
Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
See Figure Hint 1.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-2 in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Using the LINE command, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters. (Figure Step 4)
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 5)
Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
See Figure Hint 1.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-3 | 2D English | Inches |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 04-3 in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Using the LINE command, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check your drawing with the key.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
AutoCAD’s layering system is one of its most important features. Layers allow you to organize, segregate, set the drawing object’s color and linetype, control the visibility, and manage plotting of the drawing.
Think of layering as being able to draw on transparent overlays with each overlay containing relevant or grouped objects as shown in Figure 5-1. When all of the overlays are stacked together as shown in Figure 5-2, you can see and work on all of them. At any time, while you are working on drawing or printing it, you can control the layer’s visibly.
There is no limit to the number of layers that can be created in an AutoCAD drawing. Layers can be named by you or you can allow AutoCAD to automatically name them. A color, linetype, lineweight, and plot style can also be assigned. In this module, only naming and assigning a color to layers will be taught.
In addition to what was just discussed, the visibility of each layer can be controlled by toggling layers off or on and freezing or thawing them. A layer can also be locked to prevent objects on them from being modified.
AutoCAD has a special layer, named 0 (the number zero). Each new drawing created in AutoCAD will automatically contain this layer. It cannot be deleted or renamed. The importance of layer 0 will be discussed further in future modules.
The current layer is the layer that AutoCAD will place all newly created drawing objects on. One layer is current at all times. The current layer can be turned off but never frozen. You can change which layer is the current layer at any time.
AutoCAD assigns the color, linetype, and lineweight properties to drawing objects either ByLayer or ByObject. In the AutoCAD 2D book, all work is done ByLayer. An easy way for you to check if you are working ByLayer is to look at the first three boxes in Properties menu as shown in Figures 5-3 and 5-4.
The three properties boxes should always display the words ByLayer as shown in the figure.
Simply, ByLayer means that when a drawing object is inserted into the drawing or an existing drawing object is regenerated, it looks in the drawing’s database to see what color, linetype, and lineweight it should display. If it is set ByLayer, it checks what layer the drawing object resides on and displays the color, linetype, and lineweight assigned to that layer. Most company standards require the color, linetype, and lineweight properties of their drawings to be drawn Bylayer.
It is important to know the different between a layer that is Off and a layer that is Frozen. A layer that is Off does NOT display but WILL regenerate. A layer that is Frozen does NOT display and will NOT regenerate. The importance of this will become apparent in future AutoCAD 2D modules.
Study the following four properties and their symbols:
Toggles the drawing object’s display on that layer on or off. In other words, visible or not visible.
Toggles the layer to be frozen or thawed. The drawing objects on a frozen layer are not visible and do not regenerate. The objects on a thawed layer are visible and will regenerate.
Toggles the layer locked or unlocked. Drawing objects on a locked layer are visible but cannot be modified or deleted. Drawing objects on an unlocked layer are visible and can be modified or deleted.
Sets the color for the layer. All drawing objects on that layer, with the property ByLayer, will display the color assigned to the layer.
AutoCAD Command: LAYER
The LAYER command is used to open the Layer Property Manager window.
Shortcut: LA
Using the NEW command, start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 05-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises
Enter the LAYER command to open the Layer Properties Manager window. (Figure Step 3)
Click the small arrow in the upper right of the Filters area to close it. (Figure Step 4)
Click the New Layer icon. AutoCAD will create a new layer and automatically name it: Layer1. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Rename the layer to: Object. (Figure Step 6.)
Set the color of layer: Object by clicking the color name white. This will open the Select Color dialogue box. Enable the Index Color tab. Select the color red by clicking it or enter the name in the Color box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Click layer: Object to highlight it. Click the Set Current icon. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Toggle the on/off, thaw/frozen, and lock/unlock properties of the layers by clicking the icons to match the figure. Close the window by clicking the X in the top left corner. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Take note how the current layer will display in the Layer toolbar. In this case, it is Object. (Figure Step 10)
Pull down the layer list by clicking the small triangle on the right side. Change the current layer to 0 by clicking the layer name. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Pull down the layer list again and this time toggle the layer properties so that all four layer are on, thawed, and unlocked. (Figure Step 12)
Change the current layer to: Object. (Figure Step 13A and 13B)
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: AutoCAD has a special layer named 0 (the number zero). Each new AutoCAD drawing will contain layer 0 . It cannot be deleted or renamed. It has other special attributes as you will see in future modules.
USER TIP: In Module 3, you were shown how to insert a key onto your drawing to check it’s accuracy. The key resides on the layer Key. If you are required to work on your drawing after you inserted the key, toggle layer Key off. To re-check your drawing after you finish the editing, toggle layer Key on as shown in the figures below.
MUST KNOW: The current layer is the layer that any newly created drawing object will reside on. It is important to always be aware of what the current layer is before creating drawing objects. The current layer cannot be frozen.
Key Principles in Module 5
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Object | All lines | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-1. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Create a new layer and name it: Object. Set its color red, as shown in the Layering Scheme above.
Draw the object shown in the figure. All lines should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches. (Figure Step 5)
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 6)
The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 7)
Pull down the layer list and turn layer: Key off. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Pull down the layer list and turn layer Key on. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Object | All lines | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 05-2. Save it in the folder: CAD Courses/AutoCAD 2D/Lab Exercises.
Create the layer: Object, color red, as shown in the Layering Scheme above.
Draw the object shown in the figure. All lines should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters. (Figure Step 5)
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name. (Figure Step 6)
Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 7)
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 06-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Object | All lines | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 06-1.
Create layer: Object, color red, as shown in the Layering Scheme above.
Draw the object shown in the figure. All lines should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A circle is defined as a closed curve in which all points are the same distance from its center point. The center point is a single XY coordinate.
A circle is 360 degrees and can be divided into four quadrants. All points on a circle are at a given distance from is center point. The distance between any of the points and the center is called the radius.
Study the drawings in Figure 7-1, 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4 for a description of the geometry of a circle.
An arc is defined as an open curve in which all points are the same distance from its center point. Study the drawings in Figure 7-5 and 7-6.for a description of the geometry of an arc.
AutoCAD Command: CIRCLE
The CIRCLE command is used to draw circles.
Shortcut: C
AutoCAD Command: ARC
The ARC command is used to draw arcs.
Shortcut: A
Command: ARC
Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C
Specify center point of arc: 3,4
Specify start point of arc: @0,-2
(Specifying the radius and the direction for the start point.)
Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: A
Specify included angle: 180
Command:
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 07-1.
Create layer: Object, color red. Set it as the current layer. (Figure Step 3)
Using the figures and what you already leaned, draw the two lines shown in Figure Step 4B. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the ARC command, as shown below, to draw the arc. (Figure Step 5)
Command: ARC
Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C
(If possible, always draw arcs starting with the center point first.)
Specify center point of arc: 2.5, 5
(Enter the center point.)
Specify start point of arc: @4,0
(Enter the start point. Here the trick is to give AutoCad the start point and the radius of the arc at the same time)
Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: A
Specify included angle: 90
(Enter the angle of the arc. In this case, it is 90 degrees.)
Command:
Enter the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to draw the four circles to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 3.5,6
(Since this is the first circle, enter an absolute coordinate for the center point.)
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
(Circles are usually dimensioned with diameters rather then a radius, enter D)
Specify diameter of circle: 0.65
Command: CIRCLE
(Press Enter or Space bar as that will repeat the last command.)
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @1,0
(Notice here, since AutoCAD always remembers the lastpoint, use an @. The lastpoint was the center of the first circle placed.)
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.3250>: D
Specify diameter of circle <0.6500>: 0.75
Command: CIRCLE (Press Enter or Space bar as that will repeat the last command.
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @0,1.5
(Use an @ from the center of the last circle drawn.)
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.3750>: D
Specify diameter of circle <0.7500>: 1
Command: CIRCLE
(Press Enter or Space bar. That will repeat the last command and save you entering it again.)
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @-1,0
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.5000>: D
Specify diameter of circle <1.0000>: 0.5
Command:
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 07-2.
Create layer: Object, color red. Set it as the current layer. (Figure Step 3)
Using the dimensioned drawing as a guide and what you already learned, use the LINE command to draw the four outside lines. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the CIRCLE command and the TTR option, as shown below, to insert the 2 inch diameter circle. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: TTR
Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: P1
(Using the graphic cursor, move it on the top horizontal line. When the tangent snap icon appears, press the left mouse button.)
Specify point on object for second tangent of circle: P2
(Move the cursor on the vertical line. When the tangent icon appears, pick it.)
Specify radius of circle <0.7000>: 1
(Enter the radius of the circle. Be careful, since circles are usually dimensioned in diameters you will have to divide it in half.)
Command:
Enter the CIRCLE command and the TTR option, as shown below, to insert the 2.5 inch diameter circle. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: TTR
Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: P3 Specify point on object for second tangent of circle: P4 Specify radius of circle <1.0000>: 1.25
Command:
Enter the CIRCLE command and the TTR option, as shown below, to insert the middle 2 diameter circle. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: TTR
Specify point on object for first tangent of circle: P5
Specify point on object for second tangent of circle: P6
Specify radius of circle <1.2500>: 1
Command:
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: A very useful feature in AutoCAD is being able to undo a command or redo an undo. All of the commands in the current drawing session can be undone, one at a time. The last undo only can be reversed with a redo.To undo the last command, enter the U command, press CTRL+Z, or click the icon as shown in the figure on the right.
Command: U
If more then one U is entered, it will step back one command at time. This is useful if you made an error several commands earlier.
Command: U
Command: U
Command: U
Enter the REDO command, press CTRL+Y, or click the icon as shown in the figure on the right to redo the undo. The redo will undo the last undo only.
Command: REDO
Circles and arcs are dimensioned as follows:
Circles are dimensioned with their diameter. For example: 2.0 DIA.
Arcs are dimensioned with their radius.
For example: 1.5 R
When there is more than one circle of the same diameter, it is only dimensioned once. For example: 0.5 DIA., 4 PLACES
Sometimes multiple arcs are dimensioned as typical (TYP.). For example: 2.0 R TYP. Typical simply means that there is at least one more arc of the same size. See Figure 7-8
Key Principles in Module 7
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 07-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Object | All lines, circles and arcs | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing with the name shown above.
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown in the figure. In this drawing, all objects should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check the drawing’s accuracy with the key.
If there are any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct the drawing. If necessary, start a new drawing and draw it again.
Turn layer Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.
Turn layer Key off.
Save and close the drawing.
(Figure Hint 1)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 07-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Object | All lines, circles and arcs | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Save and name the drawing with the name shown above.
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown in the figure. In this drawing, all objects should be on layer: Object and display red. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters.
Check the drawing’s accuracy with the key.
If there are any errors, turn layer Key off and correct the drawing. If necessary, start a new drawing and draw it again.
Turn layer: Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.
Turn layer: Key off.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw the two circles using the TTR option. (Figure Hint 1)
Draw the four smaller circles using the @ as shown below. (Figure Hint 2)
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 85,170
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
Specify diameter of circle: 10
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @40,0
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <5.0000>:
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @0,20
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <5.0000>:
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @-40,0
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <5.0000>:
Command:
Learning Outcomes
Object snap allows you to immediately locate and attach to predefined object snap modes (locations) on existing drawing objects. All drawing objects have at least one object snap mode. In this module, the object snap modes for the drawing objects line, circle, and arc are taught. Many more will be taught throughout the AutoCAD 2D book.
Using object snap allows you to draw quickly and accurately using the existing geometry in the drawing. This is done without having to know the coordinate locations of those objects. Object snap is one of the most important features in any CAD system.
Study Figure 8-1, 8-2, and 8-3. They show the object snap modes and their locations for a line, a circle, and an arc. A line has 3 snap mode locations that can be snapped to while circles and arcs have 5 each. When requested, AutoCAD can find and snap to these exact locations.
AutoSnap is a visual aid to help you see and use object snap modes (locations) more efficiently. It allows you to set the object snap modes that AutoSnap will find automatically when object snap is enabled. Object snap can be enabled or disabled anytime by pressing F3. While a command is active, AutoSnap displays a marker and a tool tip when the cursor is moved over an object snap mode location that it has been set to find. In Figure 8-4, AutoSnap is indicating that it found the endpoint of the line. Note that the Graphic cursor does not have to be located exactly at the endpoint of the line. It only has to be close.
Using geometry, the center of a square or a rectangle can easily and accurately be located without knowing its size or doing any math. To do this, either one of the following methods can be used.
Draw a construction line between any two diagonal corners by snapping to the endpoints.
The midpoint of the construction line that you inserted in Step 1 is the center of the square or rectangle.
In this step, a circle is inserted at the midpoint of the line. The circle is located exactly in the center of the square or rectangle.
Draw a line between the midpoints of two opposite sides of the rectangle or square.
Draw another line between the midpoint of the other opposite sides of the rectangle or square.
The midpoint of either line and the intersection of the two lines is the center of the rectangle or square. Actually, one line would have been enough to find the center.
The best way to construct most drawings is to draw construction objects as an aid. There will be more and more drawings like this in future lab exercises. Construction objects are objects that are drawn by you to be used for construction only and will not be part of the finished drawing. It is important to save those objects for later use or to see how the construction was preformed.
From this point forward, in all workalongs and lab exercises, create a layer and name it Construction, color 253. Draw all construction objects on this layer and do not delete them. When you complete the drawing, freeze layer Construction. When required, simply thaw layer Construction to display the construction objects. See Figure 8-5. The drawing on the left has layer Construction thawed while the drawing on the right has layer Construction frozen.
AutoCAD Command: OSNAP
The OSNAP command is used to open the Drafting Settings dialogue box which allows you to set object snap mode defaults for Autosnap. The function key F3 toggles osnap off and on.
Shortcut: OS
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 08-1.
Create layer: Object, color red and layer: Construction, color 253. (Figure Step 3)
Enter the OSNAP command to open Drafting Settings dialogue box.
Step 4 will open the Drafting Settings dialogue box. Enable the Object Snap tab. In the Object Snap modes area, enable the modes to match the figure. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 5)
Enable object snap by pressing the function key F3. Notice how the Object Snap icon in the Status bar will display enabled as shown in Figure Step 6A. Press F3 again and note how the Object Snap icon displays disabled as shown in Figure Step 6B.
Set layer: Construction as the current layer. (Figure Step 7)
Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, enter the LINE command and draw the 4 lines to form the outer rectangle. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Press F3 to enable object snap. Check to ensure that it is enabled by checking its status in the Status bar.
Enter the LINE command and move the cursor on the top horizontal line. Move it approximately to the midpoint of the line. When the AutoSnap marker displays the midpoint icon and the tool tip, pick it. Figure Step 10)
Move the cursor to the bottom horizontal line and do the same as Step 10. Press Enter to exit the command. You now have a vertical line from the midpoint of the top line to midpoint of the bottom line. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Enter the CIRCLE command. To locate the center of the circle, move the cursor to the midpoint of the vertical line that you drew in Step 11. When the midpoint icon and the tool tip displays, pick it. Enter a D, for diameter, and then 0.75 to complete the circle. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Enter the LINE command and for the first point snap to the center of the circle. For the second point, snap to the endpoint in the top right corner. (Figure Step 13A, 13B, and 13C)
Repeat Step 13 three additional times to draw 3 lines from the center of the rectangle to each of the corners of the rectangle. (Figure Step 14)
Enter the CIRCLE command. For the center location of the circle, snap to the midpoint of one of the diagonal lines. Enter the radius of 0.125 or the diameter of 0.25. (Figure Step 15A and 15B)
Repeat Step 15 three times to draw a circle at the midpoint of each inclined line. (Figure Step 16)
Enter the LINE command and for the first point, snap to the top quadrant of the top left circle. For the second point, snap to the top quadrant of top right circle. (Figure Step 17A, 17B, and 17C)
Repeat Step 17 three additional times to draw 3 more lines. Ensure that you snap to the quadrant of the circle to locate the end of each line. (Figure Step 18)
Without entering a command, individually select the objects that you want to reside on layer Object. While the objects are selected, pull down the Layer toolbar list and click layer: Object. After you select the name, click inside the Graphic window and then press Esc to clear the selected objects. (Figure Step 19A and 19B)
Pull down the layer list again and freeze layer: Construction. Your drawing is complete and should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 20A and 20B)
Save and close the drawing.
Object snap modes can be entered manually inside any command that uses them. This can be a handy feature for modes that are not used very often and are not enabled in AutoSnap. It also overrides the current settings to force AutoCAD to find the snap mode you entered. i.e.
Command: LINE
Specify first point: end of
(Inside the LINE command, you must start the next line at the end of an existing Line. Instead of using AutoSnap, enter the mode end on the keyboard to AutoCAD’s prompt. When a line is picked, AutoCAD will snap to the closest endpoint on that line.)
or
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: mid of
(In the CIRCLE command, the snap mode mid is entered and AutoCAD responds of. Pick an existing object and AutoCAD will snap to its midpoint.)
Key Principles in Module 8
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object 1 | All lines and arcs | Red |
Object 2 | All circles | Blue |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. In this drawing, place the lines and arcs on layer: Object 1 and the circles on layer: Object 2. Lines and arcs should display red and the circles should display blue. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check the drawing’s accuracy with the key.
If there are any errors, turn layer Key off and correct the drawing. If necessary, start a new drawing and draw it again.
Turn layer Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 6.
Turn layer Key off.
Save and close the drawing.
Use object snap modes and snap to as many locations as possible rather then entering XY coordinates on the keyboard. (Figure Hint 1)
Command: ARC
Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C
Specify center point of arc: (end) P1
Specify start point of arc: (end) P2
Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: A
Specify included angle: 60
Command:
Use object snap modes and snap to as many locations as possible rather then entering XY coordinates on the keyboard. (Figure Hint 2)
Command: LINE
Specify first point: (end) P3
Specify next point or [Undo]: (end) P4
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
There should be two construction objects in this drawing. (Figure Hint 3)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-2 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object 1 | All lines and arcs | Red |
Object 2 | All circles | Blue |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown below using the layering scheme. In this drawing, place the lines and arcs on layer: Object 1 and the circles on layer: Object 2. The lines and arcs should display red and the circles blue. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.
If you have any errors, turn layer Key off and correct your drawing. If you cannot correct it, start it over from the beginning.
Turn layer Key on to check your drawing. If it is still inaccurate, go back to Step 6.
Turn layer Key off and freeze layer: Construction
Save and close the drawing.
The arcs on the corners can be drawn using the command shown below. (Figure Hint 1)
Command: ARC
Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C
Specify center point of arc: (end) P1
Specify start point of arc: @-1.5,0
(This sets the radius and the direction of the start point.)
Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: (end) P2
Command:
(Repeat on the other three corners. Keep in mind that arcs are constructed counterclockwise in AutoCAD.)
The arcs on the sides can be drawn using the command shown below. (Figure Hint 2)
Command: ARC
Specify start point of arc or [Center]: C
Specify center point of arc: (mid) P3
Specify start point of arc: (mid) P4
Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]: (mid) P5
(Do the same on the other side. Ensure that you construct the arc counterclockwise.)
Command:
The figure shows the construction objects in this drawing. (Figure Hint 3)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-3 | N/A | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object 1 | All lines and arcs | Red |
Object 2 | All circles | Blue |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-2.
Using the SAVEAS command, save it with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-3.
Turn off all the layers except for layer: Key. If the magenta key from Lab 08-2 displays, select it and press the delete key. Turn all of the other layers back on.
Complete the object by adding and erasing objects to match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.
If you have any errors, turn layer Key off and correct them.
Turn layer Key off and freeze layer Construction
Save and close the drawing.
Locate the larger circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 1)
Locate the smaller circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 2)
The figure shows the construction objects in this drawing. (Figure Hint 3)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 08-4 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Gasket | All drawing objects | Blue |
Draw the top view of the simple gasket shown in the dimensioned drawing using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer Key off and freeze layer Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
To control the drawing and improve your drawing speed, it is important for you to understand the drawing terms; limits, extents, scale, units, and regeneration and how they relate to the current drawing.
An AutoCAD drawing has an unlimited amount of model space available to draw in. The drawing limits are a user defined rectangular or square shape of 2D model space. The size of the drawing limits can be changed, as required, at anytime.
Drawing limits were important before layouts were added to AutoCAD in AutoCAD 2000. They are not that important to AutoCAD 2000 and newer users but are still part of the software.
The drawing extents is defined as the smallest rectangle that will fit around all existing drawing objects in the current drawing that are visible (on a thawed layer). It is possible to draw outside the drawing limits and therefore objects that are outside the limits may not be visible in the normal drawing display. By being able to display the drawing extents, all visible (thawed) drawing objects that exist in the current drawing will display in the Graphic window. Being able to display the drawing extents is very important.
Since Model space is very large, objects are sometimes placed, by accident, somewhere out in space. If this happens in a drawing, it can severely derogate the performance of the drawing. Sometimes the only way to work on a drawing that is derogated is to find the erroneous objects and delete them. They can easily be found by displaying the drawing extents.
The general rule for all AutoCAD drawings is to always draw the object at full scale or full size. Scaling is done in the viewports in the layouts. This is taught in Module 18.
AutoCAD drawings are unitless. If a unit of 1 is entered into a drawing and the units selected by the creator for that drawing are inches, then 1 means 1 inch. From that point forward all units entered into that drawing must be entered as inches. In another drawing, the operator creating the drawing picks the units to be millimeters. All numbers entered in that drawing must be entered in millimeters.
To sum up, when a drawing is first started, the creator must make a decision as to what units will be used for that drawing. From that point on, all numbers entered into that drawing must be entered in those units.
Zooming is the process of moving the drawing objects closer or further away from your eyes without actually changing the size of the objects or their location in model or paper space. It is an important tool for you and is used extensively in the drawing process. Drawings can be very large and therefore you must be able to zoom in to be able to see in greater detail and zoom out again to work on the overall drawing.
The most efficient method to zoom a drawing is to locate the Graphic cursor in the center of the area to be zoom and then rotate the wheel on the mouse forward or backward. While the AutoCAD command ZOOM can be also used to zoom the drawing, using the wheel to zoom will greatly increase your drawing speed.
Panning is the process of moving the existing drawing objects around the Graphic window without actually physically moving any of the drawing object’s current location in model or paper space.
The most efficient method to pan a drawing is with the wheel on the mouse. Press and hold the wheel down and them move the mouse to pan the drawing. A Pan Hand cursor will replace the Graphic cursor when you hold the mouse wheel down. While the AutoCAD command PAN can be used to pan the drawing, using the wheel will greatly increase your drawing speed.
AutoCAD stores all existing drawing objects and their properties in a database format in the .dwg file. When a drawing is opened, AutoCAD reads the .dwg file and constructs the drawing objects, one at time, displaying them in the Graphic window.
There are times when working on a drawing that it must be reconstructed from the .dwg file. This is called regeneration. The command used to do this is REGEN. There are many reasons for regeneration and they will become clear in future modules. Since some commands do not automatically regenerate, it is up to you to manually execute the REGEN command to force the display of any changes that happened when those commands was executed.
AutoCAD Command: ZOOM
The ZOOM command is used to move the existing drawing objects closer or farther away from the user’s eyes without changing the drawing object’s physical size.
Shortcut: Z
AutoCAD Command: PAN
The PAN command is used to move the drawing objects around the Graphic window without
physically moving them.
Shortcut: P
AutoCAD Command: LIMITS
The LIMITS command is used to set the drawing limits.
Shortcut: none
AutoCAD Command: REGEN
The REGEN command is used to reconstruct the drawing objects from the .dwg file and display them in the Graphic window.
Shortcut: RE
AutoCAD Command: VIEWRES
The VIEWRES command sets the number of vectors that AutoCAD uses when it displays circles
and arcs in the Graphic window.
Shortcut: none
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 08-1.
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 09-1.
Enter the ZOOM Extents command, as shown below. The drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Command: ZOOM
Specify corner of window, enter a scale factor (nX or nXP), or
[All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Previous/Scale/Window/Object] <real time>: E
Command:
Practice zooming the drawing in and out by rotating the wheel on the mouse.
Move the crosshairs to approximately the center of the object and push the middle wheel down and hold it. A Hand icon will replace the crosshairs. While holding the wheel down, pan the drawing around.
Enter the ZOOM Extents command to zoom the drawing to its extents. Step 7 Enter the LIMITS command, as shown below, to set the drawing limits.
Command: LIMITS
Reset Model space limits:
Specify lower left corner or [ON/OFF] <0.0000,0.0000>:
Specify upper right corner <12.0000,9.0000>: 8.5,11
Command:
Use the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to draw a 1 diameter circle with its center at X20,Y22.
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 20,22
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
Specify diameter of circle: 1
Command:
Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9)
Use the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to draw a 1 diameter circle with its center at X-35,Y-35.
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: -35,-35
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
Specify diameter of circle: 1
Command:
Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Delete the two circles that you inserted in Steps 8 and 10. Enter the ZOOM Extents command again. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Enter the VIEWRES and REGEN commands, as shown below. (Figure Step 13)
Command: VIEWRES
Do you want fast zooms? [Yes/No] <Y>: Y
Enter circle zoom percent (1-20000) <2000>: 20000
Command: REGEN
Regenerating model
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: Since the ZOOM Extents command is used a lot during the drawing process, there is a shortcut to execute this command. Move the cursor to somewhere on the Graphic window and double click the wheel or middle button on the mouse.When attempting to find all the existing objects by displaying the drawing extents, ensure that all layers are thawed and on.
USER TIP: The ZOOM Previous command allows you to step back through the previous zoomed states. This allows you to quickly zoom in on an object, draw or edit, and then return back to the previous zoomed state.
Key Principles in Module 9
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 09-1 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 2A, 2B, and 2C)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters.
Check the drawing’s accuracy with the key.
If there are any errors, turn layer Key off and correct the drawing.
Turn layer: Key on. If the drawing still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.
Turn layer: Key off.
Save and close the drawing.
See the figures. (Figure Hint 1A and 1B)
Construction lines for circle B. (Figure Hint 2)
Construction to draw circle D. (Figure Hint 3)
Construction objects in the drawing. (Figure Hint 4)
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 09-2 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 2A and 2B)
Set the viewres to 10,000 and regenerate your drawing.
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.
If you have any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct your drawing.
Turn layer: Key on to check your drawing. If it is still inaccurate, go back to Step 7.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw two construction lines from end of arc to end of arc as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 1)
Draw two circles locating their centers at the midpoint of the construction lines that you drew in Hint Step 1. Construction an arc from center of the circle on the right side to the center of the circle on the left side. Draw a circle at the midpoint of the arc. (Figure Step Hint 2)
Erase the construction arc you drew in Hint Step 2. Draw a construction arc from the center of the circle to the center of the circle. Draw a circle at the midpoint of the arc. You will have to repeat this three more times. (Figure Hint 3A and 3B)
Insert four construction lines from the end of arc to the end of arc. Draw a construction line from the midpoint of line to midpoint of line on both sides. (Figure Hint 4)
Draw a circle at the midpoint of the line on both sides. Erase the construction line and draw a new construction line from the quad of the circle to the midpoint of the line. It is important to draw from the quad to the midpoint. Insert a circle at the midpoint of the line. Erase the construction line and repeat as shown in the figures. (Figure Hint 5A and 5B)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
An angle is formed by two intersecting lines. When measuring an angle in a drawing, AutoCAD defines zero degrees at 3:00 o’clock with the positive angle in the counterclockwise direction and a negative angle in the clockwise direction. Study angle geometry in Figure 10-1, 10-2, and 10-3. These principles are used extensively to construct drawings in AutoCAD.
All angles are express in either positive or negative degrees. AutoCAD will accept either. Since positive is the default, the positive sign does not have to precede the number but a negative angle must be preceded by the negative sign.
Study Figure 10-1, 10-2, and 10-3. Using what you learned and without drawing in AutoCAD, find the answers for the angles A to M. After you find a solution to all of the angles, check your answers with the solutions at the end of the module.
The Polar Coordinate System is a two-dimensional coordinate system in which each point on a plane is determined by a distance from a reference point and an angle from a reference direction. In AutoCAD, you use it when you are given a distance and an angle from a known coordinate location. All angles are measured with 0 degrees at 3:00 o’clock. The angles are positive in the counterclockwise direction and negative in the clockwise direction. See Figure 10-4.
A polar coordinate is entered into AutoCAD as a distance, a less than symbol, and an angle. In all cases, the @ symbol must precede the distance. i.e.
@6<45
means ‘ from the last point, go 6 units at an angle of 45 degrees, positive, starting at 3 o’clock ‘. AutoCAD always assumes positive as default, therefore, the positive sign can be omitted. i.e.
@5<-60
Workalong and complete the following steps to solve the angles and polar coordinates. If necessary, use paper and pencil. Do not use AutoCAD.
Study the figure and solutions for numbers 1 to 6. Solve the answers for numbers 7 to 11. (Figure Step 1)
1. Find the polar coordinate A TO B: | @2<0 |
2. Calculate the first angle: | 180 – 150 = 30 degrees |
3. Find the polar coordinate B TO C: | @2<30 |
4. Copy the 30 degree angle to the next corner. | |
5. Calculate the second angle: | 180 – 110 = 70 degrees |
6. Add the two angles: | 30 + 70 = 100 |
7. Find the polar coordinate C TO D: | @ < |
8. Copy the angle 100 to the next corner. | |
9. Calculate angle DD: | DD = |
10. Find angle EE: | EE = |
11. Find the polar coordinate D TO E: | @ < |
Study the figure and find the solutions for numbers 1 to 11. (Figure Step 3)
1. Find polar coordinate A TO B | @ < |
2. Calculate angle AA: | |
3. Find polar coordinate B TO C | @ < |
4. Copy angle AA to the next corner | |
5. Calculate angle BB | |
6. Find angle CC | |
7. Find polar coordinate C TO D | @ < |
8. Copy angle CC to the next corner | |
9. Calculate angle DD | |
10. Find angle EE | |
11. Find polar coordinate D TO E | @ < |
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 10-1.
Create layers: Object and Construction. (Figure Step 3)
Set layer: Object as the current layer and enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw the object. (Figure Step 4A)
Command: L
Specify first point: 2.5,4.5
(Start with an absolute Cartesian Coordinate.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @3<0
(A to B is a horizontal line which is zero degrees.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<90
(B to C is a vertical line at 90 degrees.)
(Figure Step 4B)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @2<45
(C to D is 45 degrees positive.)
(Figure Step 4C)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1.5<100
(D to E)
(Figure Step 4D)
Specify next point or
[Close/Undo]: @1<180
(E to F is a horizontal line at 180 degrees.)
(Figure Step 4E)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @2<225
(F to G)
(Figure Step 4F)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1.5<165
(G to H)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C
(Use Close for H to A)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command:
(Figure Step 4G)
Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 5)
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 10-2.
Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer. (Figure Step 3)
Refer to the figures and enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw four construction lines. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Command: L
LINE Specify first point: 2,5
Specify next point or [Undo]: @4<0
Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<90
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<90
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @3<180
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<180
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1<270
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C
Ensure that osnap is enable and then draw an additional construction line by snapping to the endpoint of the existing line and 1 unit in the -X direction. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the LINE command and enable osnap. Draw the perimeter lines of the object by snapping to the endpoints of the construction lines. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6G, 6H, and 6J)
On layer: Construction , draw two construction lines by snapping to the endpoint of the existing lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7)
Enter the CIRCLE command and draw a 1 diameter circle locating its center point by
snapping to intersection of the two construction lines you drew in Step 7. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 9)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 10
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | Lines | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme.
Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Inches.
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.
If you have any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct your drawing. If you cannot correct it, start it over from the beginning.
Turn layer: Key on to check your drawing. If it is still inaccurate, go back to Step 6.
Turn layer: Key off.
Save and close the drawing.
See the figure for the polar coordinates. (Figure Hint 1)
Draw the line from J to I by snapping to the endpoints. (Figure Hint 2)
The solutions to the angles at G and F are shown in the figures. (Figure Hint 3A and 3B)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | Lines | Red |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme.
Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Units dialogue box, set the Insertion Units to Millimeters.
Check your drawing with the key. The key name is the same as the drawing name.
If you have any errors, turn layer: Key off and correct your drawing. If you cannot correct it, start it over from the beginning.
Save and close the drawing.
See the figure for the polar coordinates. (Figure Hint 1)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 10-3 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Angle Bracket | All drawing objects | Blue |
Draw the front view of the angle bracket shown in the dimensioned drawing using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
All objects should be on layer Angle Bracket and display blue.
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
This figure shows my construction drawing objects. Your construction drawing objects do not have to match as there are may ways to construct an object. I use circles rather an arcs, whenever possible, as they are easier to construct. (Figure Hint 1)
Angle A = 40 degrees
Angle B = 125 degrees
Angle C = 150 degrees
Angle D = 30 degrees
Angle E = 215 degrees
Angle F = 35 degrees
Angle G = 75 degrees
Angle H = 105 degrees
Angle J = 135 degrees
Angle K = 120 degrees
Angle L = 211 degrees
Angle M = 324 degrees
1. Find the polar coordinate A TO B: | @2<0 |
2. Calculate the first angle: | 180 – 150 = 30 degrees |
3. Find the polar coordinate B TO C: | @2<30 |
4. Copy the 30 degree angle to the next corner. | |
5. Calculate the second angle: | 180 – 110 = 70 degrees |
6. Add the two angles: | 30 + 70 = 100 degrees |
7. Find the polar coordinate C TO D: | @3<100 |
8. Calculate angle DD: | 180 – 100 = 80 degrees |
9. Find angle EE: | 100 + 80 = 180 degrees |
10. Find the polar coordinate D TO E: | @2<180 |
1. Find polar coordinate A TO B | @3<0 |
2. Calculate angle AA: | 180 – 135 = 45 degrees |
3. Find polar coordinate B TO C | @3<45 |
4. Copy angle AA to the next corner | |
5. Calculate angle BB | 180 – 105 = 75 degrees |
6. Find angle CC | 45 + 75 = 120 degrees |
7. Find polar coordinate C TO D | @2<120 |
8. Copy angle CC to the next corner | |
9. Calculate angle DD | 180 – 120 = 60 degrees |
10. Find angle EE120 + 60 = 180 degrees | |
11. Find polar coordinate D TO E | @3<180 |
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 11-1 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | Line, circle and arcs | Red |
Setup the layers using the Layering Scheme shown above.
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 2A and 2B)
Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.
When complete, freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A point of tangency is the theoretical point where a line joins an arc, two arcs join each other, or two circles join each other making a smooth transition. A line is tangent to a circle or an arc when it passes touching only one point on the circle or arc. The tangent point is located where a line drawn perpendicular from the center of the circle or arc touches the line. Study Figure 12-1.
A fillet is a tangent arc. A tangent arc must be tangent at both ends where it connects to existing lines or arcs. Figure 12-2 shows five examples of fillets.
AutoCAD Command: FILLET
The FILLET command is used to draw a tangent arc. It inserts an arc tangent to the two existing
drawing objects selected in the command.
Shortcut: F
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 12-1.
Create layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Object as the current layer.
Using the LINE command and referring to the figures, draw the 6 lines to match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Using the LINE command, draw the vertical line. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Using the LINE command, draw the inclined line. First you have to solve the angle. Guess at the length and try to make it longer. After you know the angle and the length, snap to end point of the existing to start the line. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Using the principles you just learned, use the LINE command to draw the two lines on the left side of the object. (Figure Step 7)
Enter the FILLET command, as shown below, and select the two vertical lines to insert the fillet (tangent arc). (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C)
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = NOTRIM, Radius = 0.5000
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: T
Enter Trim mode option [Trim/No trim] <No trim>: T
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]:
Command: (This commands simply sets the FILLET command to trim objects when filleted. You only have to do this the first time you use the FILLET command or if you re-set it to NOTRIM.)
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: (Pick left vertical line)
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: (Pick right vertical line)
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner:
Command:
Enter the FILLET command, as shown below, to insert a 0.5 radius fillet between the two lines. (Figure Step 9A. 9B, and 9C)
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: R
Specify fillet radius <0.0000>: 0.5 (Set the radius for the fillet.)
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: (Pick right vertical line)
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: (Pick the horizontal line)
Command:
Using what you learned in Step 9, insert the 0.5 radius fillet on the other side to match the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Using what you learned in Step 9 and 10, insert the two 0.75 radius fillets on top left and right corners. (Figure Step 11)
Insert the four 1.0 radius fillets to match the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Enter the CIRCLE command and draw 1.0 diameter circle by snapping to the center of the arc to locate the its center. The completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 13A and 13B)
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 12-2.
Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set Layer: Construction as the current layer.
Referring to the figures, draw the 2 radius circle with its center at 10,10. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Using polar coordinates, enter the LINE command, two times, to draw two construction lines. Start each line starting at the center of the circle and ending at the center of the other two circles. (Figure Step 5)
Draw circles locating their centers at the endpoints of the lines you drew in Step 5. (Figure Step 6)
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw a line tangent to the two circles. Enter the TAN object snap mode manually by typing it in on the keyboard. (Figure Step 7)
Command: LINE
Specify first point: TAN to P1
Specify next point or [Undo]: TAN to P2 Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Using what you learned in Step 7, enter the LINE command and draw a line tangent to the two circles as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Command: LINE
Specify first point: TAN to P3
Specify next point or [Undo]: TAN to P4
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Using what you just learned, insert the two tangent lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9)
Using the FILLET command, insert a 3.0 radius fillet as shown in the figures. (Figure Step 10A , 10B, and 10C)
Change the layer of the objects from layer: Construction to layer: Object to match the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 12)
Insert a 2.0 radius fillet to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 13)
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 12-3.
Create layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.
Referring to the figures, enter the LINE command and draw the lines shown in the figures in two steps. (Figure 4A, 4B, and 4C)
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw two lines. (Figure Step 5)
Command: L
Specify first point:<Osnap on> (end) P1
Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<150
(Since you don’t know the length of the line, draw a line of any length at the correct angle.)
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P2
Specify next point or [Undo]: @3<210
(Draw any length line at the correct angle.)
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Enter the FILLET as shown below. Set the radius to 0 to create perfect corners. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.3500
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: R
Specify fillet radius <0.3500>: 0
(Set the radius to zero.)
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: P3
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: P4
Command: F
(F is the shortcut for the command FILLET.)
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: P5
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: P6
Command:
Change the layer of the necessary lines to reside on layer: Object. Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 7)
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: To insert an arc at the end of two parallel lines, use the FILLET command.Regardless of what radius is currently set in the FILLET command, AutoCAD will draw a tangent arc using the one-half distance between the lines as the radius. The lines do not have to be the same length.
Command: FILLET
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0
(Notice how the radius is set to zero. It can be any size.)
Select first object or [Polyline/Radius/Trim]: P1
(The first line you pick will retain it’s original length and the second one will be trimmed or extended.)
Select second object: P2
Command
USER TIP: By setting the radius of the FILLET command to zero, the FILLET command will square the lines to make a perfect corner. The lines can be too short or too long or a combination of the two as shown in the figure on the right.
Key Principles in Module 12
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | Lines, circle and arcs | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
The dashed line shown in the dimensioned drawing indicates that the lines should be constructed tangent to the small circle from the circles on either end of the object. After the lines are inserted tangent to both circles, you can then insert the fillet. (Figure Hint 1)
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | Lines, circles and arcs | Red |
Draw the object shown in the dimensioned drawing using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw a construction line from the midpoint of the line across the bottom of the slot 95 units in the positive Y direction. Draw a circle with its center at the end of the line. (Figure Hint 1)
Since you don’t know the exact length of the lines shown in the figure, draw them any length but in the correct direction. When you insert the fillets, the line will automatically be trimmed. (Figure Hint 2)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
AutoCAD stores all existing objects and their properties in a database file called the drawing file. The name of the file is the drawing name that you assigned to the drawing and AutoCAD automatically assigns the extension .dwg. The drawing file stores all existing drawing objects along with the properties of each object in a database. The drawing objects that have been taught up to now are lines, circles, and arcs. Figure 13-1 displays the properties of a line.
When an existing drawing is opened, AutoCAD reads the drawing file and uses it to construct the objects from the database and displays the objects in the Graphic window. The REGEN command does the same thing for the current drawing.
The PROPERTIES command opens the Properties window. Properties of existing drawing objects can be modified using commands or they can be edited in the Properties window. It is faster and easier to edit the properties in the Properties window but not all of the properties can be edited using it. AutoCAD grays the boxes of the properties that cannot be changed in the window. See Figure 13-1.
Without entering a command, one or more objects in the current drawing can be selected using the pick box. The selected object(s) will highlight and the data will appear in the Properties window. If more then one object is selected, only the properties which are common to all of the selected objects will display. To unselect objects, press the Esc key.
Figure 13-2 shows the Properties window where only one line was selected by the user. This can be seen in the box located in the top left corner of the window. This box will display what object(s) is currently selected and its properties are displayed below in the window.
A linetype is a repeating pattern of dots, dashes, text, objects, or blank spaces displayed on a drawing object. Up to this point in the book, the default linetype Continuous has been assigned to all objects. See Figure 13-3. A continuous linetype displays solid. In this module, linetypes will be assigned ByLayer. The template files that you are using are only loaded with the Continuous linetype. Before a linetype can be assigned to a layer, it must be loaded into the current drawing’s database. All loaded linetypes will remain in the drawing file for future use. If required, they can be purged out of the drawing file. Purging is taught in Module 34.
AutoCAD Command: PROPERTIES
The PROPERTIES command opens the Properties window.
Shortcut: CTRL+1
AutoCAD Command: LTSCALE
The LTSCALE system variable is used to set the global linetype scale for the drawing.
Shortcut: LTS
MUST KNOW: Before AutoCAD displays the linetype on a drawing object, it multiplies the scale factor set in LTSCALE times the linetype scale property that is assigned to the drawing object.
For example, if the LTSCALE is set to 5 and the drawing object’s linetype scale property is set to 2, AutoCAD will display the object with the linetype scale of 10. In other words, it will display the linetype 10 times larger then its normal display.
It is best to set the LTSCALE to 1 and set the drawing object’s linetype scale property to the setting to display the desired linetype and that makes it easier for you to set the linetype scale.
For example, if the LTSCALE is set to 1 and the objects linetype scale property is set to 10, AutoCAD will display the drawing object with the linetype scale of 10 or 10 times its normal display.
Start a new drawing using template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 13-1.
Open the Layer Properties Manager window and create the layers: Hidden, Object 1, and Object 2. (Figure Step 3)
Click layer: Hidden to select it. Select Continuous. This will open the Select Linetype dialogue box. (Figure Step 4)
Click the Load button to open the Load or Reload Linetypes dialogue box. The name in the File box will be one of the following: (Figure Step 5).
ACAD.LIN – English
ACADISO.LIN – Metric
Scroll down until you find the linetype: DASHDOT. Select it as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 6)
While holding down the Ctrl key, scroll down until you find the linetypes: HIDDEN and PHANTOM2. Select them. They will highlight as shown in the figure. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 7).
The linetypes you selected in Step 7 will display in the Select Linetype dialogue box. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8)
In the Layer Properties Manager window, click layer: Hidden and click the linetype: Continuous. In the Select Linetype dialogue box, select the linetype: HIDDEN and then click OK. (Figure Step 9)
Using what you just learned, change the linetype for layer: Object 1 to linetype: DASHDOT and layer: Object 2 to the linetype: PHANTOM2. (Figure Step 10)
Change the colors of the layer: Hidden to blue and layer: Object 1 to red to match the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Draw three 2-inch diameter circles on layer 0 locating their centers at the coordinates shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Open the Properties window and select the top left circle. While it is selected, change it to layer: Hidden as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 13)
Select the center circle. In the Properties window, change it to layer Object 1. (Figure Step 14)
Select the bottom right circle. In the Properties window, change it to layer: Object 2. Your drawing should now appear as shown in figure. (Figure Step 15A and 15B)
Select the top left circle. In the Properties window, change the Linetype scale property to 0.750. (Figure Step 16)
Select the middle circle. In the Properties window, change the Linetype scale property to 0.500. (Figure Step 17)
Select the bottom circle. In the Properties window, change the Linetype scale property to 1.500. (Figure Step 18)
Enter the LTSCALE system variable as shown below and ensure that it is set to 1.
Command: LTSCALE
Enter new linetype scale factor <1.0000>:
Command:
Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 20)
Save and close the drawing.
After entering a command that requires you to select one or more objects, AutoCAD will display the Select object: prompt. To draw faster, it is important for you to be able to select objects in the most time efficient method since many commands require object selection. There are many methods of selecting objects and they will be taught in future module. In this module, the pick, window, and crossing window methods are taught. See Figure 13-4.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing:
AutoCAD 2D Workalong 13-2.
Enter the ERASE command as shown below. When you are prompted to Select objects, select the circle with the pickbox and press the Enter key. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Command: ERASE
Select objects:
Command:
Enter the ERASE command. When prompted to Select objects, select two locations to form a window. You must select the locations on opposite corners from left to right. A window is colored blue and has a solid line around it. Press Enter to execute the command. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the U command to undo that last command. The arc you just erased will redisplay on the drawing. (Figure Step 5)
Enter the ERASE command. When you are prompted with the Select objects prompt, select two locations moving from right to left. The two locations must be the opposite corners of the crossing window. Press Enter to execute the command. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Enter the U command as many times as required to display the drawing as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7)
Without entering a command and using what you learned earlier, place a window as shown in the figure. All of the objects that are totally inside the window will highlight and display grips. Press the Delete key to delete the objects. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C)
Enter the U command to undo that last command. The arcs and line you just erased will redisplay on the drawing.
Without entering a command and using what you learned earlier, place a crossing window as shown in the figure. All of the objects that cross the window and all of the objects that are totally inside the window will be selected and display grips. Press the Delete key to delete the objects. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C)
Enter the U command to undo that last command.
Save and close the drawing.
A compound fillet is two or more tangent arcs used to create a continuous curve. Study Figure 13-5. Note the small dashed line. It is a drafting standard to indicate that the 3 R (Radius) arc is tangent to the line and small circle as shown in Step 1. The 1 R tangent arc is then inserted tangent to 3 R arc and the large circle as shown in Step 2. Since they are tangent arcs, you would use the FILLET command, two times, to draw them.
Key Principles in Module 13
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
See the following step:
Draw the lines, circles and arcs as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint Step 1)
Draw two horizontal lines, of any length, starting at the ends of the arc on the left. (Figure Hint Step 2)
Insert a 1 radius fillet between the horizontal line and the circle. (Figure Hint Step 3)
Insert a 2 radius fillet between the two circles on the top right and another one between the horizontal line and circle on the bottom left. (Figure Hint Step 4)
Insert a 3 radius fillet between the two circles on the bottom right. (Figure Hint Step 5)
Using the Properties window, change the layer of the arcs to layer: Object. (Figure Hint Step 6)
Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Hint Step 7)
Using the FILLET command, insert three fillets, using the applicable radius, between the arcs. (Figure Hint Step 8)
Time allowed: 20 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-2 | N/A | N/A |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color | Line Type |
---|---|---|---|
Outline | Outline of object | Red | Phantom 2 |
Circle | Full circles | Green | Border 2 |
Slot | The slot | Blue | Dashed 2 |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1.
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-2.
Open the Layer Property Manager window and change the linetypes of the layers to match the layering scheme shown above.
Using the Properties window, change the layers of the objects to match the layering scheme shown above.
Change the linetype scale of each object to match the figure. (Figure Step 5)
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-3 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
See the following steps:
Draw the lines and circles as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint Step 1)
Enter the FILLET command and set the radius to 400. For the first object, select the large circle on the left. For the second object, select the middle circle on the right. (Figure Hint Step 2A, 2B, and 2C)
Using what you learned in Step 2, insert the compound bottom fillet. You will have to change the radius to 500. (Figure Hint Step 3)
Enter the FILLET command and set the radius to 150. For the first object, select the fillet inserted in Step 2. For the second object, select the large circle on the right. Figure Hint Step 4A, 4B, and 4C)
Using what you learned in Step 4, insert the fillet on the bottom. (Figure Hint Step 5)
Insert a 25 radius fillet between the circles on the left. (Figure Hint Step 6)
Change the layer of the fillets to layer: Object. (Figure Hint Step 7)
Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Hint Step 8)
Insert two 15 radius fillets between the arcs on the left. (Figure Hint Step 9)
Time allowed: 20 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-4 | N/A | N/A |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color | Line Type |
---|---|---|---|
Circles | All circles | Blue | Dashed |
Arcs | All arcs | Magenta | Phantom |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-3.
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-4.
Open the Layer Property Manager window and change the linetypes of the layers to match the layering scheme shown above.
Using the Properties window, change the layers of the objects to match the layering scheme shown above.
Change the linetype scale of each object to match the figure. (Figure Step 5)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A polygon is defined as any plane figure bounded by straight lines. A regular polygon is a polygon that has equal angles, equal sides, and can be inscribed or circumscribed around a circle. AutoCAD has a command to automatically construct polygons and it will be taught in a future module. For now, it is important for you to be able to construct polygons using geometry.
The first nine regular polygons are shown in Figure 14-1.
Any regular polygon can be inscribed in or circumscribed around a circle as shown, using a hexagon, in Figure 14-2.
It is important to understand and know the geometry involved to construct a triangle, square, hexagon, and octagon as shown in Figure 14-3. Study each one and try to understand how they are constructed and the angles used to construct them.
The following are the steps used to draw a hexagon in an AutoCAD drawing. See Figure 14-4.
Draw 6 lines on layer Construction from the center to each corner, 60 degrees apart.
Draw six lines snapping from the end of one line to the end of the next line.
Turn layer Construction off.
Not every object can be drawn using exact coordinates or locations as has been taught to this point in the book. There are times where it is essential that objects be drawn to approximate lengths and sizes and then trimmed or extended to their exact size and location. This does not mean that you can guess at the size and location of the objects. Objects must still be drawn with 100 percent accuracy. The length can be approximated and then adjusted using the TRIM or EXTEND commands. These two commands are a big part of you becoming more productive.
In AutoCAD 2021 there have been changes to the Trim and extend commands and the default settings will not produce the expected results in the following tutorials. The default MODE setting, QUICK, will give access to the [cutting edges/Crossing/mode/Project/erase] options, which should be set as explained later in this tutorial. Then, as a last step, the mode should be set to standard. This will produce the expected behavior of TRIM and EXTEND. If you do not see the above options, set the MODE to Quick, make the setting changes and then restore the MODE setting to Standard.
AutoCAD Command: TRIM
The TRIM command is used to shorten objects to meet the edges of other objects. It is not required for the object being trimmed to intersect with the object forming the cutting edge.
Shortcut: TR
AutoCAD Command: EXTEND
The EXTEND command is used to lengthen objects to meet the edges of other objects. It is not required for the object being extended to intersect with the object forming the cutting edge.
Shortcut: EX
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 14-1.
Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.
Using the figures as a reference, enter the LINE command, as shown on the below, to draw the construction lines shown in Figure Step 4B. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Command: L
Specify first point: 2.5,4.5
Specify next point or [Undo]: @1,0
Specify next point or [Undo]: @2,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @1,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,4
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,1
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-3,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @2<220
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P1
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,5
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P2
Specify next point or [Undo]: @1<145
(The length of this line can be any length but the direction must be accurate. I purposely drew it shorter to demonstrate the EXTEND command.)
Command:
Enter the TRIM command as shown below. (Figure Step 5).
Command: TRIM
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=None
Select cutting edges …
Select objects or <select all>:
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: E
Enter an implied edge extension mode [Extend/No extend] <No extend>: E
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:
Command:
Command: TRIM
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select cutting edges …
Select objects or <select all>: P3 1 found
Select objects: P4 1 found, 2 total
(These lines are the cutting edges.)
Select objects:
(Press enter or space.)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P5
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P6
(These are the lines to trim. Select the line close to the end to be trimmed.)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:
Command:
Enter the EXTEND command, as shown below, to extend the line to top line in object. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: EXTEND
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select boundary edges …
Select objects or <select all>: P7 1 found
(The cutting edge.)
Select objects:
(Press enter or space.)
Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/Undo]: P8
(The line to extend. Select the line close to the end that is to be extended.)
Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/Undo]:
Command:
Draw three construction lines starting at the midpoint of the bottom line. (Figures Step 7)
Command: L
Specify first point: (mid) P9
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,1
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,1.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,1.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command:
Enter the LINE commands, as shown below, to insert the construction lines for the hexagon. Each line starts at the end of the construction line drawn in Step 7. (Figure Step 8)
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P10
Specify next point or [Undo]: @.5<30
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P10
Specify next point or [Undo]: @.5<90
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P10
Specify next point or [Undo]: @.5<150
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P10
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @.5<210
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P10
Specify next point or [Undo]: @.5<270
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command: LINE Specify first point:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P10
Specify next point or [Undo]: @.5<330
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command:
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to construct the lines for the hexagon. Ensure that you have Autosnap enabled and you snap to the endpoints of the lines. (Figure Step 9)
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P11
Specify next point or [Undo]: (end) P12
Specify next point or [Undo]: (end) P13
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: (end) P14
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: (end) P15
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: (end) P16
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: (end) P11
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command:
Enter the LINE and CIRCLE commands, as shown below, to draw the slot. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P17
Specify next point or [Undo]: @1,0
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (end) P17
Specify next point or [Undo]: @-1,0
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (end) P18
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
Specify diameter of circle: .5
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (end) P19
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.2500>:
Command: L
Specify first point: (quad) P20
Specify next point or [Undo]: (quad) P21
Specify next point or [Undo]: Command: L
Specify first point: (quad) P22
Specify next point or [Undo]: (quad) P23
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Enter the commands, as shown below, to draw the construction objects for the bottom arc. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (end) P24
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
Specify diameter of circle: 1
Command: L
Specify first point: (cen) P25
Specify next point or [Undo]: (end) P26
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command: L
Specify first point: (cen) P25
Specify next point or [Undo]: (end) P27
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Enter the TRIM command, as shown below, to create the slot. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Command: TRIM
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select cutting edges …
Select objects or <select all>: P28 1 found
Select objects: P29 1 found, 2 total
Select objects:
(Press enter or space.)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P30
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P31
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:
Command:
Enter the TRIM command, as shown below, to create the bottom arc. (Figure Step 13A and 13B)
Command: TRIM
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select cutting edges …
Select objects or <select all>: P32 1 found
Select objects: P33 1 found, 2 total
Select objects: P34 1 found, 3 total
Select objects:
(Press enter or space)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P35
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:P36
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P37
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:
Command:
Enter the TRIM command, as shown below, to trim the line on the top right. (Figure Step 14A and 14B)
Command: TRIM
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select cutting edges …
Select objects or <select all>: P38 1 found
Select objects:
(Press enter or space)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P39
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or
[Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:
Command:
Change the layer of the objects that you want to reside on layer: Object. (Figure Step 15)
Freeze layer: Construction. Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: The Edge option in the TRIM and EXTEND commands should always be set to Extend as shown below. Step 5 will show you how to set it. See also the 2nd paragraph in the notes on Trim an Extend.
Command: TRIM
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select objects:
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: E
(Enter the Edge option.)
Enter an implied edge extension mode [Extend/No extend] <No extend>: E
(Set it to Extend. This allows you to trim or extend when the objects do not physically touch.)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P5
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P6
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P7
(Press and hold down the Shift key to change to the EXTEND command.)
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P8
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P9
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]: P10
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/eRase/Undo]:
Command:
Key Principles in Module 14
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 14-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object 1 | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw the lines in the correct location and direction but to any length and then trim or extend them. (Figure Hint 1)
The lines in Figure Hint 2A must be drawn tangent to tangent (see Module 12) while the lines in Figure Hint 2B can be draw either tangent to tangent or quad to quad. (Figure Hint 2A and 2B)
The figure shows the construction lines. (Figure Hint 3)
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 14-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Linetype | Color |
---|---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | Continuous | 253 |
Circle 1 | Outside circle | Center2 | Red |
Circle 2 | Inside circles | Continuous | Red |
Slots | Slots | Dashdot2 | Blue |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw only four construction lines at the correct angle as shown in the figure. Extend them to other side of the large circle. That will save you from drawing all 8 lines. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Draw 8 circles locating their centers at the intersection of the lines and circle. (Figure Step 2)
Draw 2 large circles by showing AutoCAD the radius by snapping to the intersection of the small circle and line. (Figure Step 3)
Trim the large circles. (Figure Step 4)
Trim the slots. (Figure Step 5)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 14-3 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Concrete Block | All objects | Blue |
Draw the top view of the concrete block shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The OFFSET command allows you to create a drawing object parallel to an existing drawing object at a specified distance from the original object. OFFSET is a powerful command and if used when applicable, will change the way you construct objects and improve your drawing productivity. The drawing objects lines, circles, and arcs can be offset plus many others that you will be learning later in the book.
AutoCAD Command: OFFSET
The OFFSET command is used to create a drawing object parallel to an existing drawing object at a specified distance from the original object.
Shortcut: O
AutoCAD Command: ID
The ID command is used to return the coordinate location for a point in Model or Paper space.
Shortcut: none
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 15-1. (Figure Step 2)
Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to create the outline of the object. (Figure Step 4)
Command: L
Specify first point: 4,4
Specify next point or [Undo]: @-2.5,0
Specify next point or [Undo]: @0,5.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @4.5,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @0,-2.5
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: @-2,0
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C
Command:
Enter the commands, as shown below, to draw the circles and fillets. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (mid) P1
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.1000>: (end) P2
(When possible, it is always better to show AutoCAD a distance rather then entering it on the keyboard.)
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (mid) P1
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.7500>: D
Specify diameter of circle <1.5000>: 1
Command: F
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.0000
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: R
Specify fillet radius <0.0000>: 0.75
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: P3
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: P4
Command: F
Current settings: Mode = TRIM, Radius = 0.7500
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: R
Specify fillet radius <0.7500>: 0.5
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]: P5
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner: P6
Command:
Use the TRIM command to trim the circle. (Figure Step 6)
Enter the OFFSET commands, as shown below. (Figure Step 7)
Command: OFFSET
Current settings: Erase source=No Layer=Source OFFSETGAPTYPE=0
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <Through>: 0.5
(Set the offset distance.)
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P10
(Select the object to offset.)
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P11
(Select which side of the object to offset it on.)
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P12
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P13
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:P14
Command: OFFSET
Current settings: Erase source=No Layer=Source OFFSETGAPTYPE=0
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <0.5000>: 1.5
(Set the offset distance.)
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P14
(Select the object to offset.)
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>:P15
(Select which side of the object to offset it on.)
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
Command: OFFSET
Current settings: Erase source=No Layer=Source OFFSETGAPTYPE=0
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <1.5000>: 2.75
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P16
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo]
<Exit>:P17
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
Command:
Using the FILLET command, insert a 0.5 radius fillet on all four corners. (Figure Step 8)
Enter the OFFSET command, as shown below. (Figure Step 9)
Command: O
Current settings: Erase source=No Layer=Source
OFFSETGAPTYPE=0
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <Through>: 0.5
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P26
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P27
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P28
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P29
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P30
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P31
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
Command:
Using what you already learned, trim the lines to finish the bottom cutout. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
Enter the OFFSET command, as shown below, to offset the inside feature. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Command: O
Current settings: Erase source=No Layer=Source OFFSETGAPTYPE=0
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <Through>: 0.25
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P32
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P34
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P35
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P36
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P37
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P38
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P39
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P40
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P33
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
Command:
Use the ID command to establish a lastpoint. Enter the CIRCLE command immediately following to insert the four circles using the lastpoint as a reference. (Figure Step 12)
Command: ID
Specify point: (end) P41
X = 1.5000
Y = 4.000
Z = 0.0000
(The ID command establishes a known reference point or an @ or lastpoint.)
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @0.75,1.25
(Now the @ can be used to measure the center of the circle from the end of the line selected in the ID command.)
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: D
Specify diameter of circle: 0.25
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @1,0
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.1250>: (Accept the default.)
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @0,1
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.1250>: (Accept the default.)
Command: C
CIRCLE Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @-1,0
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.1250>: (Accept the default.)
Command:
Change the layer of the objects that you want to reside on layer: Object.
Freeze layer: Construction and your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 15-2. (Figure Step 2)
Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.
Using Figure Step 2 as an reference, draw lines to construct the perimeter of the object. (Figure Step 4)
Using what you already learned, trim the lines to complete the outline. (Figure Step 5)
Enter the ID command, as shown below, to establish a lastpoint. Draw the circle using the reference point you established with the ID command. (Figure Step 6)
Command: ID
pecify point: (end) P1
X = 2.0000
Y = 5.5000
Z = 0.0000
(The lastpoint or the @ being established.)
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: @1,1.5
(The center of the circle is now located using the reference point established in the ID command above. These commands must be entered back to back.)
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <2.6770>: D
Specify diameter of circle <5.3539>: 1
Command:
Enter the OFFSET command, as shown below, to insert the inside offsets. (Figure Step 7)
Command: O
(Shortcut for the OFFSET command)
Current settings: Erase source=No Layer=Source OFFSETGAPTYPE=0
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <0.00>: 0.75
(Setting the offset distance.)
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: P2
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>: P3
(First the object is selected (P2) and then the side of the object (P3) to place the offset. The location for P3 can be anywhere as long as it is above the line to be offset.)
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
(With what you already learned, finish the other two offsets as shown in Figure Step 7.)
Command:
Enter the CIRCLE command, as shown below, to insert a circle by snapping its center to the intersection of the offset lines. (Figure Step 8)
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (int) P8
(Snap to locate the center of the circle at the intersection of the two offset lines.)
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter] <0.5000>: .25
Command:
Draw a line between the centers of the circles. (Figure Step 9)
Command: L
Specify first point: (cen) P9
Specify next point or [Undo]: (cen) P10
(Draw a construction line by snapping to center point of the circles.)
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Extend the construction line to the circle`s circumference. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
Command: EX
Current settings: Projection=UCS, Edge=Extend
Select boundary edges …
Select objects or <select all>: P11 1 found
Select objects:
(Press enter or space.)
Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or
[Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/Undo]: P12
Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or [Fence/Crossing/Project/Edge/Undo]:
Command:
Draw a circle snapping to the center of the large circle for its center location and snapping to the intersection of the construction line and the lower circumference of the small circle for the radius. (Figure Step 11)
Using the same principle that you learned in Step 11, insert the other two circles. Ensure that you snap one circle to the center of the small circle and the other to the intersection of the tangent line and circle circumference. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Draw a circle locating its center at the intersection of the large circle’s centerline and the horizontal construction line. (Figure Step 13)
Command: C
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: (int) P15
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]: .25
Command:
Using what you already learned, trim the circles to complete the slot. (Figure Step 14)
Enter the LINE command, as shown below, to draw a line from the center of the larger circle and snapping perpendicular to the inclined line. (Figure Step 15)
Command: L
Specify first point: (cen) P16
Specify next point or [Undo]: perp to P17
(It is much faster to type in the osnap mode perp then setting it in Autosnap.)
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Using what you already learned, offset the lines to create top feature. (Figure Step 16)
Trim the lines to complete the top cutout. (Figure Step 17)
Change the layer of the objects to layer: Object. Freeze layer: Construction to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 18)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 15
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check the drawing’s accuracy.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw the line perpendicular to inclined line and then offset the inclined line. Draw a circle with its center located at the intersection of the lines. Offset the perpendicular line using the radius of the circle as the distance and trim. (Figure Hint 1)
Insert offset lines as construction lines to locate the centers of the three circles. Then draw the lines tangent to the circles. (Figure Hint 2)
The figure shows the construction lines. (Figure Hint 3)
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check the drawing’s accuracy.
Turn layer Key off and freeze layer Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
See the figure and the following seven steps:
Draw a construction line from the center of the bottom circle to the center of the upper circle.
Extend the line to the upper circumference of the circle.
Draw circles using the intersection of the tangent line and circle to show AutoCAD the radius.
Draw the bottom circle at the intersection of the construction circle and line.
Trim the circles.
Draw the inner circles.
Offset the arcs and trim to complete. (Figure Hint 1)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-3 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Door | All lines | Blue |
Set the LIMITS as follows:
The lower left corner to: 0.0,0.0
The upper right corner to: 100,150
Enter the ZOOM Extents command.
Draw the object shown in the figures using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, and 3C)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 16-1 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction. When complete, freeze layer: Construction.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Figure 17-1 and 17-2 show the geometry of a right angle triangle. Understanding this theory will help you to complete your AutoCAD drawings.
When a measurement is required along an inclined line as shown in Step 1, Figure 17-3, the OFFSET command cannot easily be used to make that measurement. The best method of making the measurement is by drawing a construction circle with a 1 unit radius. Use the end of the inclined line as the center location for the circle. All points on the circumference of the circle will be the radius distance (1 unit) from the center of the circle as shown in the Step 2. Draw the 0.60 diameter circle locating its center at the intersection of the construction circle and the inclined line as shown in the Step 3.
A point is an AutoCAD drawing object that is one pixel in size. Its only geometry property is one XY coordinate.
Since a point is nothing more then one pixel in size, it will not display very well in the drawing. If it is located under an existing drawing object, it will not be visible at all. Points can be set to display with an assigned style to make them easier to see and use. The point style for the current drawing is set with the Point Style dialogue box. To open the Point Style dialogue box, select Point Style in the Format Pull-down menu, See Figure 17-4 and 17-5. The size of the points can be set relative with the screen size or an absolute size. To display the points style at the correct size, when the point size is set relative to the screen, the drawing must be regenerated using the REGEN command.
AutoCAD Command: POINT
The POINT command is used to insert a point.
Shortcut: PO
The crosshairs can be rotated to any angle. Its default rotation angle is 0 degrees, as shown in Figure 17-7. When the rotation angle is 0 degrees, the X axis is horizontal and the Y axis is vertical. There are times when it can be very helpful if the crosshairs are rotated to an angle other than 0 degrees, as shown in Figure 17-8. The SNAPANG system variable is used to set the rotation angle of the crosshairs.
The DIVIDE command is used to divide a drawing object by inserting points on the object at calculated XY locations. It does not change the object in any way, it simply inserts points on it. It is important that the current layer is set to layer Construction when the DIVIDE command is used. That way, the points can be easily isolated from the object it is dividing. On lines and arcs, the DIVIDE command starts calculating from the endpoint of the selected object.
The DIVIDE command works different when dividing circles. Since a circle does not have an endpoint, the DIVIDE command will place the first point where the positive X axis of the crosshairs intersects the circle.
The MEASURE command is used to divide a drawing object by inserting points on the object at specified distances along the object. It does not change the object in any way, it simply inserts points on it. It is important that the current layer is set to layer Construction when the MEASURE command is used. That way, the points can easily be isolated from the object being measured. The MEASURE command always starts the first measurement from the closest endpoint to the location where the object is selected.
The MEASURE command works different when measuring circles. Since a circle does not have an endpoint, the MEASURE command will start measuring at the point where the positive X axis of the crosshairs intersects the circle.
AutoCAD Command: ORTHO
The ORTHO command is used to lock the crosshairs to allow it to move only horizontal or vertical. When enabled, it applies to most commands. The current Ortho mode is displayed on the Status bar. The function F8 key toggles ortho mode off and on.
Shortcut: F8
AutoCAD Command: DIVIDE
The DIVIDE command is used to insert points an equal distance apart by dividing the length of the drawing object selected by the number of divisions entered. The object being divided is not changed in any way by the command.
Shortcut: DIV
AutoCAD Command: MEASURE
The MEASURE command is used to insert points on a drawing object at a specified distance. The object being measured is not be changed in any way by the command.
Shortcut: ME
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 17-1. (Figure Step 2)
Create the layers: Object and Construction. Set layer: Construction as the current layer.
Using what you learned earlier in the book, refer to Figure Step 2 and draw lines around the perimeter of the object. (Figure Step 4)
From the Format Pull-down menu, select Point Style . This will open the Point Style dialogue box. Select the point style (center with black background) as shown in the figure. Set the Point Size to 3% and enable Set Size Relative to Screen. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Enter the DIVIDE command, as shown below, and select the inclined line on the right. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: DIVIDE
Select object to divide: P1
Enter the number of segments or [Block]: 8
Command:
As taught earlier in the book, use the OSNAP command to open the Drafting Settings dialogue box. Enable the Node object snap mode. (Figure Step 7)
Press F8 to enable Ortho mode. Check to ensure that it is enabled by checking the Status bar. (Figure Step 8)
Enable object snap and draw 8 horizontal lines by snapping to the points (nodes) as the first point of each line. The length of the lines is not important. (Figure Step 9)
Draw 7 vertical lines by snapping to the points (nodes) as the first point of each line. The length of the lines is not important. Disable Ortho mode. (Figure Step 10)
Trim the lines to form the steps as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Draw a line by snapping to midpoint on the top left inclined line and the midpoint of the bottom line.
Using the DIVIDE command, divide the line into four segments. (Figure Step 13)
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the CIRCLE command and draw the three 0.40 diameter circles by snapping to the points (nodes) to locate the center of each circle. (Figure Step 14)
Set layer: Construction as the current layer.
Draw a construction line from the top corner to the bottom corner as shown in the figure. Ensure that you snap to the endpoints of the lines. (Figure Step 16)
Draw a 0.5 radius construction circle with its center located at the top corner as shown in the figure. Trim the line. (Figure Step 17A and 17B)
Enter the MEASURE command, as shown below, to insert points every 0.4325 units along the line. (Figure Step 18)
Command: MEASURE
Select object to measure: P2
Specify length of segment or [Block]: 0.4325
Command:
The drawing should now appear as shown in the figure. To demonstrate how the point size relative to the screen works, zoom in on your drawing until it fills the screen. Then execute the REGEN command. Notice how the point style size for the points changes. Zoom back out and execute the REGEN command again. (Figure Step 19)
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Insert 12 – 0.125 diameter circles. One with its center located at the end of the line and the others with their centers located on the points that you inserted with the MEASURE command in Step 18. (Figure Step 20)
Set layer: Construction as the current layer. Enter the ID command, as shown below, and snap to the endpoint of the bottom line to establish a reference point. (Figure Step 21)
Command: ID
Specify point: (end) P3
X = 1.7500 Y = 4.0000 Z = 0.0000
Command:
Enter the POINT command, as shown below, to draw 3 points at the locations of the center of polygons. (Figure Step 22)
Command: POINT
Current point modes: PDMODE=34 PDSIZE=-3.0000 Specify a point: @.75,1.5
Command: POINT
Current point modes: PDMODE=34 PDSIZE=-3.0000 Specify a point: @0,-1
Command: POINT
Current point modes: PDMODE=34 PDSIZE=-3.0000
Specify a point: @2.25,0
Command:
Draw three 0.5 diameter circles using the points as the location of the center of the circles. Ensure that you snap to the node when locating the center of each circle. (Figure Step 23)
Using the DIVIDE command, divide the top left circle into 6 segments. (Figure Step 24)
Enter the SNAPANG system variable as shown below to change the angle of the cursor to 90 degrees.
Command: SNAPANG
Enter new value for SNAPANG <0>: 90
Command:
Enter the DIVIDE command and divide the bottom left circle into 6 segments. (Figure Step 26)
Enter the system variable SNAPANG as shown below to change the angle of the crosshairs to 22.5 degrees.
Command: SNAPANG
Enter new value for SNAPANG <90>: 22.5
Command:
Enter the DIVIDE command and divide the bottom right circle into 8 segments. (Figure Step 28A and 28B)
Use the SNAPANG system variable, as shown below, to change the angle of the crosshairs to 0 degrees.
Command: SNAPANG
Enter new value for SNAPANG
<22.5>: 0
Command:
On layer Object, draw the lines for the hexagons and the octagon by snapping from point to point (node to node) as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 30)
Change the layer of any objects that you want to reside on layer Object. Freeze layer Construction. Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 31)
Save and close the drawing.
The DIST and PROPERTIES commands are used to measure distances, find sizes, and locations of drawing objects. Before using these commands, it is important to understand the importance of the UNITS command.
AutoCAD stores the drawing object’s properties and locations to a very high degree of accuracy. When the drawing object’s properties are displayed, either on the Command Line or in the Properties window, AutoCAD uses the setting in the Drawing Units dialogue box to display these properties rounded off as per the current settings. The answers are always displayed in drawing units but the precision and format of the answers is controlled by the settings in the Drawing Units dialogue box.
AutoCAD Command: UNITS
The UNITS command is used to open the Drawing Units dialogue box. It is used to set the way AutoCAD displays inquiries or drawing object properties.
Shortcut: UN
AutoCAD Command: DIST
The DIST command is used to measure distances between two XY coordinate locations.
Shortcut: DI
To find the shortest distance between the circumference of two circles, draw a construction line from the center of one circle to the center of the other as shown in Step 1. Measure the distance between the intersections of the lines and circles as shown in Step 2. If the line is trimmed as shown in Step 3, the length of the line is the shortest distance between the circle’s circumference. See Figure 17-9.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 17-1 . Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 17-2. (Figure Step 1)
Enter the UNITS command. It will open the Drawing Units dialogue box. Set the dialogue box to match the figure. (Figure Step 2)
Enter the DIST command, as shown below, to measure the distance between the center of the circle and the end of the line as shown in the figure. Ensure that you snap to the center of the circle and the endpoint of the line. (Figure Step 3)
Command: DIST
Specify first point: (cen) P1
Specify second point: (end) P2
Command:
Press F2 to open the Text window. The answer to the DIST command will display as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Press F2 to close the Text window.
Draw a construction line from the center of circle to center of circle as shown in the figure. Ensure that you snap to the centers of the circle at both ends. Enter the DIST command as shown below to measure the shortest distance between circumferences of the circles by snapping to intersection of the construction line and the circles. (Figure Step 6)
Command: DIST
Specify first point: (int) P3
Specify second point: (int) P4
Command:
Press F2 to open the Text window. The answer to the DIST command will display as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7)
Trim the construction line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Open the Properties window. Without entering a command, select the line. The Properties window will display the length of the line. (Figure Step 9)
Set the Drawing Units dialogue box, as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Draw a line from the center of the circle to the vertex on the hexagon as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
After trimming the line, select it. Check its length and angle in the Properties window. (Figure Step 12)
Turn layer: Construction off. Enter the ID command and snap to the center of the circle. Press F2 to open the Text window. (Figure Step 13A and 13B)
Select the circle as shown in the figure. Take note that the Properties window displays the XY center location plus the radius, diameter, circumference, and area of the circle. (Figure Step 14)
With the Properties window open, select the line as shown in the figure. Figure Step 15)
Save and close the drawing.
To find the centroid (geometrical center) of any triangle, draw construction lines from each vertex to the midpoint of the opposite line of the triangle. The centroid of the triangle is the intersection of the three lines. See Figure 17-9.
Key Principles in Module 17
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 17-1 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Using either the DIST command or the Properties window, find the following answers with the precision of 8 decimal places:
(Check your answers on the key)
Using the DIVIDE command, divide the large circle into 26. (Figure Hint 1)
Rotate the cursor 7.5 degrees and divide the 40 diameter circle into 5. (Figure Hint 2)
Rotate the cursor 30 degrees and divide the 75 diameter circle into 6. (Figure Hint 3)
Draw 6 – 20 diameter circles locating their centers on the points. (Figure Hint 4)
To draw the polygons, rotate the cursor to the appropriate angle as shown in the list below. (Figure Hint 5A and 5B)
Triangle = 90 degrees
Square = 45 degrees
Pentagon = 90 degrees
Hexagon = 90 degrees
Heptagon = 90 degrees
Octagon = 22.5 degrees
Time allowed: 50 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 17-2 | 2D English | Inches |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Construction | Construction objects | 253 |
Object | All objects | Red |
Draw the object shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Using the DIVIDE command, divide the inclined line into 12. (Figure Hint 1)
Construct the steps using ortho mode. (Figure Hint 2)
Trim the steps and change the layer they reside on to layer: Object. Offset the inclined line and draw a circle to measure the distance along the inclined line. (Figure Hint 3)
Draw the triangle by offsetting the three outsides 0.75 inches as shown in the dimensioned drawing. Using the Geometry Lesson: Finding the Centroid of any Triangle, find the centroid of the triangle and draw a 0.35 diameter circle using the intersection of the lines to locate its center. (Figure Hint 4)
Offset the outside lines of the triangle 0.20 inches towards the center. (Figure Hint 5)
Offset the inside lines 0.10 inches on each side. (Figure Hint 6)
Trim all lines and the circle. Fillet all corners using a radius of 0.05 inches. The fillets should always be inserted last. (Figure Hint 7)
Change the layer of all objects to layer: Object. (Figure Hint 8)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Up to this point in the book, you have been drawing Model space. In this module, Paper space and layouts will be introduced. The ideal way to work in AutoCAD is to draw all real objects in Model space and draw all objects that not real, in Paper space.
Model space is a limitless three-dimensional space where the real objects of the model are drawn. For example, if you are drawing a house, everything that is part of the house such as the walls, windows, doors, etc. are drawn in Model space. All parts of the house would be drawn at full scale or full size, exactly as they exist in real life.
Paper space is a virtual two-dimensional space where all objects that are related to the plotted piece of paper, called a layout, are drawn. Objects drawn in Paper space are things like the titleblock, border, dimensions, notes, labels, and bills of material. Paper space is also drawn at full size but the units are the same units as the paper, such as inches or millimeters. The Model space units and the Paper space units do not have to be the same in a drawing.
A layout represents a sheet of paper on which one or more scaled views of the model is created complete with such thing as dimensions, notes, border, and titleblock. Layouts are drawn in Paper space. They are an important and essential AutoCAD feature and should be used to plot all AutoCAD drawings.
As many layouts as required can be created in a drawing. The AutoCAD 2D book supplies pre- drawn layouts in two template files named ‘ 2D Layout English.dwt ‘ and ‘ 2D Layout Metric.dwt ‘. You can create your own layouts and save them in a drawing or template file. Creating your own templates is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
The Model and Layout tabs are located along the bottom of the Graphic window as shown in Figure 18-1 and 18-2. There is only one Model tab in each drawing but there can be an unlimited number of Layout tabs. You can create your own layouts tabs. This taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
When the Model tab is enabled, all drawing objects drawn by you will be Model space objects and exist in Model space. When one of the Layout tabs is enabled, as shown in Figure 18-2, the layout drawing will be displayed. In a Layout tab, you can work in either Paper space or Model space.
The current space, which is either Model or Paper, is called the working space. When the MODEL icon is enabled, the working space is Model and when the PAPER icon is enabled, the working space is Paper.
When a Layout tab is enabled, the working space can be changed back and forth between Model or Paper space by toggling the PAPER/MODEL icon in the Status bar. See Figures 18-3 and 18-4. Click the MODEL icon to change the working space to Paper space or click the PAPER icon to change the working space to Model space.
When a Layout tab is enabled and the working space is Paper, the Paper space icon, as shown in Figure 18-5, will display. When the icon is displayed, it is indicating to you that Paper space is the working space and all objects drawn will be Paper space objects and exist in Paper space only.
If this icon does not display, even when a layout is displayed, all objects drawn will be Model space objects and exist in Model space only.
AutoCAD Command: MSPACE
The MSPACE command is used to change the current working space to Model space.
Shortcut: MS
AutoCAD Command: PSPACE
The PSPACE command is used to change the current working space to Paper space.
Shortcut: PS
A viewport is a rectangular or square hole cut through the sheet of drawing paper (the layout) so that the model can be viewed through it. See Figure 18-6. It is a 2D Paper space drawing object. The view of the model can be orientated and scaled. A layout can have an unlimited number of viewports cut through it, all viewing the same model at different scales and orientations.
Each viewport will display all visible objects that exist in Model space. If the model is changed after a viewport is created, the viewport will automatically display the changes since it is merely viewing the model. The orientation and scale of a viewport can be adjusted at any time. After a viewport is set, the display can be locked so that it cannot be accidentally changed. If changes are required, the viewport display must be unlocked before they can be made. It is best to insert the viewport on its own layer and turn that layer off before the drawing is plotted to avoid plotting the viewport drawing object.
Paper space objects like dimensions, notes, titleblocks, borders, and text are then drawn in Paper space on the sheet of paper. They are drawn full size using the same units as the paper is measured.
AutoCAD Command: MVIEW
The MVIEW command is used to create a viewport on a layout. It is a Paper space command and the viewport it creates is a Paper space drawing object.
Shortcut: MV
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 18-1.
Using what you learned to this point in the book, draw the object shown in the figure on layer: Object. Draw any construction objects on layer: Construction. (Figure Step 3)
Freeze layer: Construction. The drawing should appears as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Enter the OPTIONS command to open the Options dialogue box. In the Display tab, compare the settings in the Layout elements area and change them, if necessary, to match the figure. Click OK to close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 5)
Enable layout: Module Layout A by clicking it. Your Graphic window should match the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Paper space should be the working space. To check that, ensure that the PAPER icon is enabled on the Status bar. (Figure Step 7)
Set layer: Viewport as the current layer. Enter the MVIEW command, as shown below, to create a viewport on the layout. (Figure Step 8)
Command: MVIEW
Specify corner of viewport or [ON/OFF/Fit/Shadeplot/Lock/Object/Polygonal/Restore/LAyer/2/3/4] <Fit>: P1
Specify opposite corner: P2
Command:
Change the working space to Model by clicking the PAPER icon on the Status bar. After you do that, it will display MODEL as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Enter the ZOOM Extents command to display all model objects in the viewport. (Figure Step 10)
Change the working space to Paper space. (Figure Step 11)
Open the Properties window. Without entering a command, select the viewport. It will highlight, as shown in the figure, and grips will display on the four corners. While the viewport is selected, pull down the Standard scale property and set it to 1:2. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
While the viewport is selected, pull down the Display locked property and set it to Yes. (Figure Step 13)
Your completed layout should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Enable the display of layout: Module Layout B. (Figure Step 15)
Using what was taught in Step 8, enter the MVIEW command, two times, to create two viewports. After creating the viewports, change the working space to Model and click inside the left viewport. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Click inside the viewport on the right and enter the ZOOM Extents command again. Change the working space to Paper and the layout should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 16)\
Using what was taught earlier in the workalong, select the viewport on the left and set the scale to 2:1. (Figure Step17)
Change the working space to Model and click inside viewport on the left. (Figure Step 18)
Without changing the zoom, pan of the model as shown in the figure. Change to Paper space. (Figure Step 19)
Using what was taught earlier in the workalong, use the Properties window and check to ensure that the scale is still set to 2:1. Lock the display. (Figure Step 20)
Using what was taught earlier in the workalong, zoom and pan the model in the right viewport. Set the Custom scale to 3 and lock the display. (Figure Step 21A and 21B)
Turn layer: Viewport off. Your layout should appears as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 22)
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: After you use the MVIEW command to create a viewport in the layout, you should always execute the ZOOM Extents command immediately after. Before you enter the ZOOM Extents command, change the working space to Model. After executing the command, you will be able to see all the visible model objects in the viewport. You can then zoom and pan the model to set the desired view.
Key Principles in Module 18
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 18-1 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Gasket | All objects | Red |
Draw the top view of the gasket shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
In layout: Module Layout A4, on layer: Viewport, create a viewport using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
In layout: Module Layout A1, on layer Viewport, create three viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure and set the custom scale of the top left viewport to 1:1, the bottom left viewport to 4:1, and the one on the right to 6:1. Lock the display of all three viewports. (Figure Step 4)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 5)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 18-2 | 2D Metric | Millimeters |
Layer Name | Objects on Layer | Color |
---|---|---|
Wrench | All objects | Blue |
Draw the top view of the wrench shown in the figure using the layering scheme. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
In layout: Module Layout A4, on layer: Viewport, create a viewport using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
In layout: Module Layout A4, on layer: Viewport, create two additional viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 2:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 4)
Draw the construction lines for the circle and center lines. I am showing only one end in the following figures.
Offset the inclined center line on each side. On the left side of the wrench the offset distance is 6.5 mm.
Extend the top offset line to the vertical center line.
Using the end of the line that you just extended as the center, draw a circle with radius of the small arc. On the left side of the wrench it is 13 mm. I drew it in red to help you identify it.
Using the intersection of the circle you just drew and the inclined line as the center, draw a circle with the radius of the small arc. On the left side of the wrench it is 13 mm. I drew it in blue to help you identify it.
Extend the bottom offset line to the circle.
Trim the blue circle. I removed the red circle to help you. You can leave it in your drawing as a construction line.
Finish the trim to complete the left side of the wrench.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
1 Describe single line text, text style, and text justification.
2 Apply the STYLE, TEXT, and DDEDIT commands to format, insert, and edit single line text.
In this module, formatting, inserting, and editing single line text is taught. Single line text is text that is inserted as a single line, is edited one line at a time, and each line is a individual drawing object. Module 25 teaches multiline text.
The STYLE command is used to create and format text styles plus used to set the current text style. A text style contains text properties, is user created, named, and saved in the drawing. As many text styles as required can be created and saved in each drawing. The current text style is the text style that will be assigned to text that is inserted in the drawing using the TEXT command.
A good example to explain text style is to use the text font. Font is a text property that is set in a text style. If you want to change the font of an existing text object on the drawing, the style property of the text must be changed. This is done using Properties window. Simply find the text style assigned to the selected text and then change the font property of that style. All existing text, with that style, will change to reflect the new font assigned. If you only want to change the font of the selected text, defined a new text style with the font required and change the style assigned to the selected text.
All AutoCAD drawings contain a text style named Standard. It is special style that cannot be deleted or purged from the drawing. It should not be used as it may cause problems in the drawing sometime in the future. The reason for this will be taught later in the book. For now, create your own text style or use ones that already exist.
Text justification is a property attached to text objects that locates the text in relation to its insert point selected by the you in the TEXT command. There are many ways to justify text and it is important for you to know how, where, and when to use each one. In this module, the left, middle, and right justified text are taught. Figure 19-1 shows how a text object would justify itself if inserted at the selected locations P1, P2, and P3. If you do not specify a justification when inserting text, the default justification is left.
Text height is a property assigned to the text drawing object and not to the text style. In almost all cases, the text height property, in the text style, should be set to zero. When it is set to zero, AutoCAD allows you to change the text height of text inserted with that style. It also allows the text style to automatic scale text in a dimension.
AutoCAD Command: STYLE
The STYLE command is used to create, format, and edit text styles. It also is used to set the current text style.
Shortcut: ST
Home Ribbon
AutoCAD Command: TEXT
The TEXT command is used to insert single line text.
Shortcut: TE
AutoCAD Command: DDEDIT
The DDEDIT command is used to edit existing text objects.
Shortcut: Double click the text.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 19-1.
Enter the STYLE command. It will open the Text Style dialogue box. (Figure Step 3)
Click the New button to open the New Text Style dialogue box. (Figure Step 4)
Enter the name: Module 19-1 in the Style Name box as shown in the figure. Click OK to save and close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 5)
Check to ensure that the Current text style is set to: Module 19-1. (Figure Step 6)
In the Font Name: box, pull down the list and select the font: romans.shx. (Figure Step 7)
Do not change any other items. The Text Style dialogue box should now appear as shown in the figure. Click the Close button to save and close the dialogue box. (Figure Step 8)
Enable layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 9)
Set layer: Text as the current layer.
Enter the TEXT command, as shown below, to insert text on the drawing. (Figure Step 11)
Command: TEXT
Current text style: “Module 19-1” Text height: 0.2000
(The defaults will display. Ensure that Module 19-1 is the current default style.)
Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]: 1,9
(This is the insert point. By default, the text will be left justified)
Specify height <0.2000>: 0.35
Specify rotation angle of text <0>:
(Press Enter to leave the rotation angle at 0 degrees.)
THIS IS MODULE 19
(Type the text and press Enter)
(Press Enter again)
Command:
Enter the TEXT command, as shown below, to insert text on the drawing. (Figure Step 12)
Command: TE
Current text style: “Module 19-1” Text height: 0.3500 Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]: 0.5,3.5 Specify height <0.3500>: 0.25
Specify rotation angle of text <0>: 45
THIS IS STYLE MODULES 19-1
(Press Enter)
INSERTED AT 0.25 TEXT HEIGHT
(Press Enter)
IT IS ROTATED AT 45 DEGREES
(Press Enter)
Command:
Enter the TEXT command, as shown below, to insert text on the drawing. (Figure Step 13)
Command: TE
Current text style: “Module 19-1” Text height: 0.0250
Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]: J
Enter an option [Align/Fit/Center/Middle/Right/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR]: R
(Setting a right justification.)
Specify right endpoint of text baseline: 5,2
Specify height <0.2500>: 0.175
Specify rotation angle of text <45>: 0
THIS TEXT IS RIGHT JUSTIFIED. (Press Enter)
Command:
Save and close the drawing.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 19-1.
Using the SAVEAS command, save it with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 19-2.
Using what you learned in the first workalong, enter the STYLE command and create a new text style named: Module 19-2. Set the text style to match the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Enable the display of layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 4)
Double click the text at the top of the drawing to enter edit mode. (Figure Step 5)
With the text in edit mode, change the text to read THIS IS EDITED TEXT. (Figure Step 6)
USER TIP: If the text editor does not open when you double click the text object, enter the DBLCLKEDIT system variable, as shown below, and set to ON.
Command: DBLCLKEDIT
Enter new value for DBLCLKEDIT <OFF>: ON
Command:
Open the Properties window. Select the three lines of text as shown in the figure. While the text is selected, pull-down the Style property list and select layout: Module 19-2. Press Enter and then Esc to clear the selected text. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Select the bottom line of the rotated text as shown in the figure. In the Properties window, change the Rotation angle property to 30. (Figure Step 8)
While the text is selected, change the Contents property as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9)
Select the bottom text line. In the Properties window, change the Justification property to Middle, the Height property to 0.2, and the Contents property as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C)
Double click the text and edit it as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Your completed layout should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: When using a pull down window with lists, such as the font list in the Text Style dialogue box, and you know the name of the font you want to use, enter the first letter of the font after you pullthe list down. The list will jump to the font names that start with that letter. This should work for all software written to Window’s standards.
Key Principles in Module 19
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 19-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
In layout: Module Layout A, on layer: Viewport, create a viewport using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 5)
In layout: Module Layout B, on layer: Viewport, create two viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure and set the custom scale of the left viewport to 1.5:1 and the one on the right to 4:1. Lock the display of both viewports. (Figure Step 6)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 7)
Save and close the drawing.
Once you have drawn the outer boundary and the inner construction lines (Step 3 above), use the OFFSET command to construct most of the remaining drawing.
Before you insert the fillets, trim the lines as shown in the figure. If you do not trim them first, you will lose portions of the lines when you insert the fillets. Always insert the fillets last. (Figure Hint 2)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 19-2 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.
Turn layer Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
In layout: Module Layout C, on layer: Viewport, create two viewports using the MVIEW command. Pan the model as shown in the figure. Set the custom scale of the left viewport to 2:1 and the one on the right to 3:1. Lock the display of both viewports. (Figure Step 5)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
Rotate the cursor to -15 degrees before dividing the circle. Draw six 0.5 diameter and 1.12 diameter circles using the points as their center locations. (Figure Hint 1A and 1B)
See the following steps:
Step 1 – Insert 1.0 radius fillets.
Step 2 – Insert 0.75 radius fillets.
Step 3 – Trim the circles.
(Figure Step Hint 2)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
One of the real benefits of using a CAD program is increasing your design and drawing productivity. Using the MOVE and COPY commands are a big part of that productivity. In AutoCAD, objects only have to be drawn once and then they can be used over and over again even if they are in a different drawing or at a different size or orientation. If an object has to be drawn that is similar to one that was previously drawn, simply copy it and change it. Using these principles in the your day-to-day work will noticeably increase your productivity.
AutoCAD Command: MOVE
The MOVE command is used to move drawing objects from one location to another on the current drawing.
Shortcut: M
AutoCAD Command: COPY
The COPY command is used to copy existing drawing objects in the current drawing.
Shortcut: CO
AutoCAD Command: COPYCLIP
The COPYCLIP command is used to copy drawing objects from the current drawing onto the clipboard.
Shortcut: CTRL+C
AutoCAD Command: PASTECLIP
The PASTECLIP command is used to paste drawing objects from the clipboard into the current drawing.
Shortcut: CTRL+V
AutoCAD Command: COPYBASE
The COPYBASE command is used to copy drawing objects in the current drawing onto the clipboard with a known basepoint.
Shortcut: CTRL+SHIFT+C
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-1.
On layer: Object, draw the rectangle shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
On layer: Object, draw a circle and the inscribed hexagon as shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere outside of the rectangle. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Unless otherwise instructed, when starting each lab exercise, while working on workalongs and lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book, ensure that all items on the Status bar are disabled. (Figure Step 5)
Enter the MOVE command, as shown below, to move the circle and hexagon inside the rectangle to the absolute coordinates X3.5,Y11. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C)
Command: MOVE
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner:
(Selecting the object using a window.)
Select objects:
(Press Enter)
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>: (cen)
(Snap to the center of the circle.)
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>: 3.5,11
Command:
Using the OFFSET command, offset the top line of the rectangle 1 inch down. Change the layer of the line you just created to layer: Construction. (Figure Step 7)
Using the OFFSET command, offset the top construction line 8 times at a distance of 1 inch as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Using the OFFSET command, offset the left line of the rectangle 1.5 inches to the right. Change the layer of the line you just created to layer: Construction. (Figure Step 9)
Enter the COPY command, as shown below, to copy the circle and hexagon 4 times. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, 10C, and 10D)
Command: COPY
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 7 found
(Use a window to select the objects)
Select objects:
Current settings: Copy mode = Multiple
Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] <Displacement>:
or <use first point as displacement>: (int)
(Snap to the intersection of the lines for the base point)
Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: (int)
Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: (int)
Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: (int)
Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>: (int)
(Snap to the intersection of the construction lines)
Command:
Enter the COPY command, as shown below, to copy all circles and hexagons 4 inches in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Command: COPY
Select objects: Specify opposite corner: 35 found
Select objects:
Current settings: Copy mode = Multiple
Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] <Displacement>: 0,0
(The base point)
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>: @4,0
(The second point is set 4 inches in the positive X direction.)
Specify second point or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
Command:
Enter the MOVE command, as shown below, to move all the circles and hexagons 0.5 inches in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Command: MOVE
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 70 found
(Use a window to select the objects.)
Select objects:
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>: 0,0
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>: @0.5,0
Command:
Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 13)
Enter the COPY command, as shown below, to copy all objects. (Figure Step 14A, 14B, and 14C)
Command: COPY
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 74 found
(Select all objects using a crossing window.)
Select objects:
Current settings: Copy mode = Multiple
Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] <Displacement>:
(end)
(Snap to the end of the line.)
Specify second point: (end)
(Snap to the other end of the line.)
Command:
Delete the line in the center by picking it and pressing the Delete key. (Figure Step 15)
Using what you just learned, copy all of the objects down to match the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Delete the lines that were duplicated.
Save and close the drawing.
AutoCAD Command: FILETAB
The FILETAB command enables the display of the open drawing file tabs above the Graphic window.
AutoCAD Command: FILETABCLOSE
The FILETABCLOSE command disables the display of the open drawing file tabs on top of the Graphic window.
Shortcut: none
Start a NEW drawing using the template: 2D Layout English. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-2.
Using the OPEN command, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-1. (Figure Step 2)
If necessary, enter the FILETAB command to enable the display of the drawing file tabs on top of the Graphic window. You should see two tabs, one for each open drawing. Ensure that the drawing named: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-1 is the current drawing as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Without entering a command, use a window and select the objects as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Enter the COPYBASE command using the Pull-down menu or by entering in the command as shown below. Enter 0,0 for the base point. (Figure Step 5).
Command: COPYBASE
Specify base point: 0,0
150 found
Command:
Click the tab to set the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-2. (Figure Step 6)
Enter the PASTECLIP command using the Pull-down menu or by entering the command as shown below. Enter 0,0 for the insertion point. (Figure Step 7).
Command: PASTECLIP
Specify insertion point: 0,0
Command:
Enter the ZOOM Extents command.
Enter the COPYCLIP command and select all objects using a crossing window. (Figure Step 9A, 9B, and 9C)
Enter the PASTECLIP command and when prompted for the Insertion point, select anywhere on the drawing. Match the location the best you can as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A, and 10B)
Using what you learned earlier in this module, move the objects on the right and snap the bottom left corner to the bottom right corner of the original objects. (Figure Step 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11D)
Delete the lines that were duplicated. (Figure step 12)
Save and close the drawing.
When an arc must be constructed that has one end tangent to a line and other end going through a point, you cannot use the FILLET command. A fillet MUST be tangent at both ends. It must be drawn as an arc as follows:
This is the arc to be drawn. (Figure Step 1)
Draw the construction lines. (Figure Step 2)
Offset the line which is tangent to the arc at a distance of 1.5 units.1.5 is the radius of the arc being inserted. Draw a circle with the radius of 1.5 units with its center at the point where the arc ends. (Figure Step 3)
Draw the circle with a radius of 1.5. Its center is the intersection of the offset line and the circle. (Figure Step 4)
Trim the circle you drew in Step 4 and turn layer Construction off. (Figure Step 5)
When filling in the titleblock in the workalongs and lab exercises in the AutoCAD 2D book, use the following standards:
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 20-3.
Set layer: Construction as the current layer. Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, draw the lines and circle to match the figure. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Change the layer of the object lines and the circle to layer: Object. (Figure Step 4)
Draw a circle snapping its center location to the center of the circle and snap to the end of the line to specify the radius. Trim the circle. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Offset the line, 1.5 inches, on the right side. Change the layer of the line to layer: Construction. On layer: Construction, draw a circle with a 1.5 radius and snap its center to the end of the line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C)
On layer: Object, draw a circle by snapping its center to the intersection of the construction circle and offset line. Show AutoCAD the radius, of 1.5, by snapping to the end of the line. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Trim the circle first. Delete one line and trim the other line. (Figure Step 8)
Offset the line on the top 0.35 inches. Change the layer of the line to layer: Construction. On layer: Construction, draw a circle with a 0.35 inch radius. Snap its center to the end of the line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
On layer: Object, draw a circle by snapping its center to the intersection of the construction circle and construction line. Show AutoCAD the radius, of 0.35, by snapping to the end of the line as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Delete one line and trim the other line. Trim the circle that you drew in Step 10. (Figure Step 11)
Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Using what you just learned, draw the arcs on the opposite sides. (Figure Step 13)
Turn layer: Construction off. Your completed object should match the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Enable layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 15)
On layer: Viewport, use the MVIEW command and create a viewport as shown in the figure. Switch to Model space and enter the ZOOM Extents command. (Figure Step 16)
With paper space as working space, open the Properties window. Select the viewport and set the Standard scale to 1:2 and lock its display. (Figure Step 17)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 18)
Set layer: Titleblock Text as the current layer and set the current text style: Titleblock. Zoom in on the titleblock. (Figure Step 19)
With the Paper space the current space, enter the DTEXT command and insert the drawing title text at a height of 0.25 using middle justified. Select a location by eye. It does not have to be placed exactly as you will be moving it later. (Figure Step 20)
Using the MOVE command, move the text locating it by eye to center it horizontally and vertically. (Figure Step 21)
Enter the DTEXT command enter the text TEXT at a height of 0.14. Center it by eye using the MOVE command. (Figure Step 22)
Use the COPY command and Ortho mode, copy the text to the next two locations. Disable Ortho mode and copy the text into the two locations on the right and center the text by eye. (Figure Step 23)
Use the text editor to edit the text. (Figure Step 24)
If required, change the text height to match the standards under “AutoCAD book Standards: Filling in the Titleblock”. (Figure Step 25)
Your completed drawing should the figure. (Figure Step 26)
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: The FILETAB command enables the display of the drawing file tabs on top of the Graphic window and the FILETABCLOSE disables the display.
If you click the small arrow at the end of the tab, a handy menu displays as shown below.
If you right click on a tab, a handy menu displays as shown below.
Key Principles in Module 20
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A. 1B, and 1C)
Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Copy all of the objects 7 units in the X direction to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 5)
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-2 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction.
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.
Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Construct the object in Detail A using the following 6 steps. (Figure Hint 1)
There are four locations on the object that you must use the Geometry Lesson on Tangency. Figure Hint 2A and 2B shows you the three steps to draw two of them. (Figure Hint 2A and 2B)
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-3 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
Start a new drawing using the information above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-3.
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-2. There should now be two drawings open.
Using the COPYBASE and PASTECLIP commands, copy all of the objects from drawing Lab 20-2 into drawing Lab 20-3. Use the basepoint 0,0.
Close drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-2.
Edit the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 20-3 to match the figure. Use the MOVE and COPY commands wherever possible. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Enable layout: Module Layout A3. On layer Viewport, use the MVIEW command and create a viewport as shown in the figure. Set the scale of the viewport to 1:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 6)
Using the standards under “AutoCAD book Standards: Filling in the Titleblock”. (Figure Step 7)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 8)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 21-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw all construction objects on layer: Construction. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Using inquiry commands and the Properties window, find the answers for questions A to H.
For questions A to D, find the answers to a precision of 4 decimal places.
A. What is the XY coordinate location of the center of Circle A?
X- _____________
Y- _____________
B. What is the circumference of Circle A? _____________
C. What is the distance from the center of Circle A to the center of Circle B? _____________
D. What is shortest distance between the circumference of Circle A and the circumference of Circle B? _____________
For questions E to G, find the answers to a precision of 8 decimal places.
E. What are the XY coordinates of Corner D? _____________
X- _____________
Y- _____________
F. What is the length of Line E? _____________
G. What is the shortest distance from Corner C to the circumference of Circle B? _____________
For question H, find the answer in Deg/Min/Sec to a precision of 2 decimal places (seconds).
H. What is the angle of Line F? _____________
In layout: Module Layout B, create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1:2 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
On layer: Titleblock Text, fill in the titleblock. Use the AutoCAD Modules Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20. (Figure Step 4)
Freeze layer: Viewport.
Using the TEXT command and the answers you found for questions Step 2 (A to H), insert them on your drawing locating them by eye on the layer: Text. Insert them in Paper space. Use the text style: 2D Modules at a height of 0.20. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The MIRROR command is a very useful productivity tool. It is used to create a mirror image of an object saving you time that it takes to redraw the reverse image of the object. Before drawing any object, you should study it to see if it is symmetrical in any way and can be drawn faster by applying the MIRROR command.
The objects to be mirrored are flipped around an axis. This axis is called a mirror line or a folding line. The mirror line is simply defined by two XY coordinates. The distance between the two XY coordinates is not important.
AutoCAD Command: MIRROR
The MIRROR command is used to mirror an object around a mirror line (folding line) to create a mirror image of the object.
Shortcut: MI
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-1.
On layer: Object, draw one quarter of the object shown using the Figure Step 3A as a reference. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the MIRROR command, as shown below, to mirror the object. (Figure Step 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D)
Command: MIRROR
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 9 found
(Use a crossing window to select the objects to be mirrored.)
Select objects:
Specify first point of mirror line: (end)
Specify second point of mirror line: (end)
(Snap to the ends of the two lines to define the mirror line.)
Delete source objects? [Yes/No] <N>: N
(Enter No)
Command:
Enter the MIRROR command as shown below to mirror the object. (Figure Step 5A, 5B, 5C, and 5D)
Command: MIRROR
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner:
(Use a window to select all of the objects.)
Select objects:
Specify first point of mirror line: (end)
(Enable ortho mode.)
Specify second point of mirror line:
(With ortho mode enable, select any location in the -X direction.)
Delete source objects? [Yes/No] <N>: N
Command:
Erase half of the lines that were mirrored as shown in the figure. See the Author’s Comments under Step 5. (Figure Step 6)
Using the EXTEND command, extend the remaining lines to complete the object. (Figure Step 7)
Save and close the drawing.
AutoCAD Command: MIRRTEXT
The MIRRTEXT system variable is used to control how the MIRROR command reflects text.
Shortcut: none
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 14-1. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-2 Left.
Create a text style, with the font: romans, named: Module 22. Set it as the current text style.
Create layer: Text with the color black/white and set it as the current layer.
Enter the TEXT command. Using the justification of Middle and the Height of 0.2, insert two lines of text as shown in the figure. Locate it by eye. (Figure Step 5)
Enter the MIRRTEXT system variable as shown below and set it to 0.
Command: MIRRTEXT
Enter new value for MIRRTEXT <1>: 0
Command:
On layer: Construction, draw a line snapping the first end to the end of the lines. The second point can be anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 7).
Enter the MIRROR command as shown below. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C)
Command: MIRROR
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner:
(Select the objects in a window)
Select objects:
Specify first point of mirror line:
(Select a point in space)
Specify second point of mirror line:
(With ortho enabled, select another point to draw a vertical line.)
Delete source objects? [Yes/No] <N>: Y
(Enter Yes)
Command:
Using the MOVE command, move the object by snapping to the end of the bottom lines for the base point the end of the construction line for the second point. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Edit the text to read PART A RIGHT. Freeze layer: Construction. (Figure Step 10)
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-2 Right.
Save and close the drawing.
The ROTATE command is a very useful productivity tool. It rotates selected objects around a base point the you select in the command. The base point is the only location on the rotated objects that is not changed after the rotation. The rotation can be defined by an angle or by a reference angle. By default, a positive angle rotates counterclockwise and a negative angle rotates clockwise.
A motion path is the path along a circle an object would follow if it was rotated around a base point or moved along a line. Study Figure 22-5.
AutoCAD Command: ROTATE
The ROTATE command is used to rotate drawing objects around a base point.
Shortcut: RO
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 22-3.
On layer: Rotation 1, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw the text on layer Text using the text style: 2D Modules. Locate it by eye. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Enter the ROTATE command, as shown below, to rotate the object 45 degrees counterclockwise. (Figure Step 4A, 4B, and 4C)
Command: ROTATE
Current positive angle in UCS: ANGDIR=counterclockwise ANGBASE=0
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 7 found
(Select all objects using a window.)
Select objects:
Specify base point: (cen)
(Snap to the center of the circle on the left for the base point.)
Specify rotation angle or [Copy/Reference] <0>: 45
(The positive rotation angle of 45 degrees is counterclockwise.)
Command:
On layer: Construction, draw a 3.5 inch line in the positive X direction. For the first point, snap to the center of the circle. (Figure Step 5)
Using what you just learned in the last workalong, mirror the object to match the figure. Snap to the midpoint of the line for first mirror line location. With Ortho mode enable, select the second point vertical. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C)
Freeze layer: Construction. Edit the text on the mirrored object to PART RIGHT. (Figure Step 7)
On layer: Motion Path 1, draw the motion path circle. Snap to the center of the lower left circle for the center point and the center of the upper left circle for the radius. (Figure Step 8)
Using what you just learned in Step 8, draw the motion path circle for the right arm. (Figure Step 9)
Enter the ROTATE command, as shown below, to rotate the left arm using the Reference option. (Figure Step 10A, 10B , 10C, 10D, 10E, and 10F)
Command: RO
Current positive angle in UCS: ANGDIR=counterclockwise ANGBASE=0
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 7 found
(Select the objects in a window.)
Select objects:
Specify base point: (cen)
(Selecting the center of the lower circle for base point.)
Specify rotation angle or [Copy/Reference] <90>: R
(Use a Reference.)
Specify the reference angle <0>: (cen)
(Specifying the center of the large circle (the base point) as the first point of the reference.)
Specify second point: (cen)
(Specifying the center of the small circle as the second point of the reference.)
Specify the new angle or [Points] <0>: (int)
(Specifying the new angle (the intersection of the motion paths). AutoCAD will find the rotation angle using the select location.)
Command:
Using what you just learned, rotate PART RIGHT to match PART LEFT. (Figure Step 11)
Using the COPY command, copy only the arms beside the originals. It is not important where you locate the copy. (Figure Step 12)
Change the layer of the copied arm to layer: Rotation 2. (Figure Step 13)
Using the MOVE command, move the copied arms back to their original position on top of the original arms. Ensure that you locate them exactly on the originals by snapping the center of a circle to the center of matching circle. (Figure Step 14)
Turn layer: Rotation 1 off. Using what you learned earlier in the workalong, rotated the arms on layer: Rotation 2 to match the figure. (Figure Step 15)
Turn layer:
Rotation 1 on. Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 22
Time allowed: 50 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 22-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Start by drawing one quarter of the object, then mirror it once and then again to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Erase and extend all of the lines that were mirrored and are in two pieces.
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.
On layout: Module Layout A, create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.5 and lock the display. (Figure Step 4)
Complete the titleblock using the AutoCAD book Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20. (Figure Step 5)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 22-2 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer: Object, draw the rectangle shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1)
On layer: Rotation 1, draw the object shown in Figure step 2A using the dimensioned drawing as a reference. Draw it anywhere beside the rectangle. On layer: Text, insert the text PART A using the text style: 2D Modules. Locate the text by eye and select a text height to match the figure. (Figure Step 2A and 2B)
Mirror the object PART A. The location is not important but ensure that the mirror line is horizontal. Edit the text to PART B. (Figure Step 3)
Using the dimensioned drawing shown in the figure as a reference, move PART A and PART B to locate them as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4)
On layer: Motion Path 1, draw the circles for the motion paths. Rotate the arms to locate them as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Turn layer: Motion Path 1 off. Copy both arms anywhere outside of the rectangle. Change the layer of the copied arms to layer: Rotation 2. (Figure Step 6)
Move the arms back to their exact original location. Turn layer: Rotation 1 off. (Figure Step 7)
On layer: Motion Path 2, draw the motion path circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Rotate the arms as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9)
Turn layers: Rotation 1, Rotation 2, and Text on and all other layers off. Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Set the insertion units and insert the key to check your drawing for accuracy.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The ARRAY command is used to create multiple copies of objects in a polar or rectangular pattern. See Figure 23-1 and 23-2. It is another one of those powerful commands that, when used at the right times, can prove to be very productive.
AutoCAD Command: ARRAYCLASSIC
The ARRAYCLASSIC command displays a dialogue box that is used to create multiple copies of objects either in a rectangular or a polar pattern.
Shortcut: none
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1.
On layer: Construction, draw the two circles shown in the figure. (Figure Sep 3)
On layer: Text, using the text style: 2D Modules, insert the text A and B. Select the location of the text by eye and use a text height to match the figure as close as possible. (Figure Step 4)
On layer: Object, draw a 0.35 diameter circle and two lines snapping them from quad to quad as shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 5)
Using the COPY command, copy the circle you drew in Step 5, four times, to the absolute coordinates shown in the figure. Add the text C and D using the same specifications as the text in Step 4. (Figure Step 6)
Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command to open the Array dialogue box. In the Array dialogue box, enable Polar Array . Click the Pick Center Point show me icon. When you are prompted for the center point of the array, snap to the center of circle A. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Enable Rotate items as copied. (Figure Step 8)
Click the Select objects icon. When you are prompted to Select objects, use a window to select the small circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Set the Total number of items to 8 and Angle to fill: to 360.00. The Array dialogue box should match the figure. Click OK and your array should appear as shown in Figure Step 10B. (Figure Step 10A. 10B, and 10C)
Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command. Using what you learn in Step 7, enable Polar Array and click the Pick Center Point icon. When you are prompted for the center point of the array, snap to the center of circle B. (Figure Step 11)
Disable Rotate items as copied. Click the More button, to the right of the Rotate items as copied button, to expand it. Click the Pick Base Point icon. When you are prompted to select the base point, snap to the center of small circle. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Click the Select objects button. When you are prompted to Select objects, use a window to select the small circle as shown in the figure. Set the Total number of items to 8 and Angle to fill: to 360.00. (Figure Step 13A, 13B, 13C, and 13D)
Save and close the drawing.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1. (Figure Step 1)
Using the figures as a reference, draw the two circles and the line on layer: Construction. On layer: Object, draw the small inner circle. (Figure Step 2A, 2B, and 2C)
Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command to open the Array dialogue box. Using what was taught earlier in this module, array the line 48 times. Rotate the line as it is arrayed. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
On layer: Object, draw one tooth by snapping to the intersection of the lines and circles as shown on the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Array the tooth 24 times. (Figure Step 5)
Freeze layer: Construction. The completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP: In a rectangular array, the offset distance is measured from a point on the object to the same point on the arrayed object.
When arraying an object where only the distance between the objects is known, add the width of the object to the spacing for the column offset and height of the object to the spacing for the row offset.
If the distances from center to center of the object are known, simply use them as the offset distances.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1. (Figure Step 1)
Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command. In the Array dialogue box, enable Rectangular Array. Set the number of rows to 3 and number of columns to 5. Set the Row offset to 1.5 and Column offset to 1.0. Click the Select object icon and when prompted to Select objects, use a window to select circle C plus the lines. (Figure Step 2A, 2B, and 2C)
Enter the ARRAYCLASSIC command. In the Array dialogue box, enable Rectangular Array. Set the number of rows to 5 and number of columns to 4. Set the Row offset to – 0.5 and Column offset to -0.75. Set the Angle of array to 30. Click the Select object icon and when you are prompted to Select objects, use a window to select circle D and the two lines. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D)
Save and close the drawing.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-1.
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 23-2.
Turn layers: Construction and Text off. (Figure Step 3)
Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Use a window polygon to select the objects. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Command: ERASE Select objects: WP
First polygon point:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Select objects:
Command:
Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Use a cross polygon window to select the objects to be erased. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: ERASE Select objects: CP
First polygon point:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Select objects:
Command:
Enter the ERASE command as shown below. Use a fence to select the objects to be erased. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: ERASE Select objects: F
First polygon point:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or [Undo]:
Specify endpoint of line or[Undo]:
Select objects:
Command:
Using what you learned, use the COPY command and a cross polygon window to select the objects, copy the 4 circles and their lines as shown in the figure.
(Figure Step 7A, 7B, and 7C)
Use the lasso windows method to erase 5 circles. Without entering a command, press the left mouse button and while holding it down, move the mouse from left to right. The irregular shape should be colored blue. All objects totally inside the window will be selected. With the object selected, press the Delete key. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C)
Use the lasso crossing windows method. Without entering a command, press the left mouse button and while holding it down, move the mouse from right to left. The irregular shape should be colored green. All objects totally inside and ones that cross the window will be selected. With the object selected, press the Delete key. (Figure Step 9A, 9B, and 9C)
save and close the drawing.
Insert a circle that is tangent to the midpoint of three sides of the regular polygon. The center of the circle is the center of the polygon. See Figure 23-4.
Insert a circle using the 3P option in the CIRCLE command. For the three points, snap to the midpoints of any three lines.
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 3P
Specify first point on circle: (mid) P1
Specify second point on circle: (mid) P2
Specify third point on circle: (mid) P3
Command:
Insert the circle using the 3P option in the CIRCLE command and snap to the tangent point of any three of sides of the regular polygon. See Figure 23-5.
Command: CIRCLE
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]: 3P
Specify first point on circle: (tan) P4
Specify second point on circle: (tan) P5
Specify third point on circle: (tan) P6
Command:
Key Principles in Module 23
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 23-1 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (figure Step 1A, 1B and 1C).
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check the drawing for accuracy.
Draw and then array the line 64 times and draw two teeth (Figure Hint 1)
Trim the circles and lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Hint 2A, 2B and 2C)
Delete the unnecessary lines and arcs. (Figure Hint 3)
Array the objects 16 times. (Figure Hint 4)
Draw the hexagon first with the top and bottom lines horizontal. Locate its center using the dimensioned drawing. After it is drawn, rotate it using a Reference to the correct angle. (Figure Hint 5)
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 23-2 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 1)
Copy the object to each location as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2)
Array the object as shown below. (Figure Step 3)
Save and close the drawing.
Draw one arc as shown. The four step are shown in the figure. If you need help understanding you can see the Geometry Lesson in Module 20. (Figure Hint 1)
After one arc is drawn, mirror it to the right side. Then mirror the two top arc to the bottom. Trim and erase the lines to complete. (Figure Hint 2)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The STRETCH command has many uses. Using this command is a good way to edit the shape of objects without having to erase and redraw portions of them as shown in Figure Step 24-1. Existing objects can be stretched larger or smaller.
The objects to be stretched MUST be selected using a crossing or cross polygon window. The objects that are totally inside the crossing or cross polygon window are moved and the objects that cross the window are stretched.
The SCALE command can be also be used in many ways. An object can be scaled either larger or smaller by using a scale factor or by using a reference and letting AutoCAD calculate the scale factor. See Figure 24-2. The object to be scaled is scaled around a base point.
The base point is the only location that does not change as the object is scaled around it.
AutoCAD Command: STRETCH
Shortcut: S
AutoCAD Command: SCALE
The SCALE command is used to scale drawing objects, around a base point, either larger or smaller.
Shortcut: SC
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 24-1.
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Enter the STRETCH command, as shown below, to stretch the object longer. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Command: STRETCH
Select objects to stretch by crossing-window or crossing-polygon…
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 4 found
(Use a crossing window and locate it as shown in the figure. You MUST use a crossing window in the STRETCH command.)
Select objects:
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>: 0,0
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>: @1,0
(The lines that the crossing window cross are stretched 1 unit longer in the positive X direction. The lines totally inside the crossing window are moved 1 unit in the positive X direction.)
Command:
Enter the STRETCH command, as shown below, to stretch the object higher. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: STRETCH
Select objects to stretch by crossing-window or crossing-polygon…
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 4 found
(Use a crossing window and locate it as shown in the figure)
Select objects:
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>: 0,0
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>: @0,1.5
(The lines that the crossing window cross are stretched 1.5 units in the positive Y direction and the lines and circles that are totally inside the crossing window are moved 1.5 units in the positive Y direction.)
Command:
Enter the STRETCH command, as shown below, to stretch the object. (Figure Step 6A, 6B, and 6C)
Command: STRETCH
Select objects to stretch by crossing-window or crossing-polygon…
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 3 found
(Use a crossing window and locate it as shown in the figure.)
Select objects:
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>: (end)
(Snap to the end of the line.)
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>: @1,0
(The lines that the crossing window crosses are stretched 1 unit, one longer and one shorter. The three lines inside the crossing window are moved 1 unit in the positive X direction.)
Command:
Using what you already learned, use the STRETCH command to stretch the object to match Figure Step 7A. See Figure Step 7B for the location of the cross polygon window that you have to use. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, and 7C)
Using what you already learned, use the STRETCH command to stretch the object to match Figure Step 8A. See Figure Step 8B for the location of the cross polygon window that you have to use. (Figure Step 8A, 8B, and 8C)
Using what you already learned, use the MIRROR command to mirror the object to match Figure Step 9A. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Enter the SCALE command, as shown below, to scale the object on the right by a scale factor of 0.5. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C)
Command: SCALE
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 13 found
(Select the objects to be scaled in a window.)
Select objects:
Specify base point: (end)
(Snap to the end of bottom left line to establish the base point. This point will remain at the same location and the remainder of the object will be scaled.)
Specify scale factor or [Copy/Reference] <1.0000>: 0.5
(Scale the object by a scale factor of one-half.)
Command:
On layer: Construction, enable Ortho mode and draw two lines. Snap to the endpoints of existing lines, as shown in the figure, drawing one vertical line and one horizontal line. The length of the lines is not important but they must intersect. (Figure Step 11)
Enter the SCALE command, as shown below, to scale using the Reference option. (Figure Step 12A, 12B, 12C, 12D, and 12E)
Command: SCALE
Select objects:
Specify opposite corner: 13 found
(Select the object on the right using a window as shown Figure Step 12A.)
Select objects:
Specify base point: (end)
(Snap to the end of the line for the base point.)
Specify scale factor or [Copy/Reference] <1.5000>: R
(Use a Reference.)
Specify reference length <1.0000>: (end)
Specify second point: (end)
(Specifying a reference length.)
Specify new length or [Points] <1.0000>: (end)
(Specifying the new length of the reference length.)
Command:
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 24-2.
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
On layer: Construction, draw a line from center of the large circle to the center of the medium circle as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4).
Using the ROTATE command, rotate the large circle, using the Reference option, to line up the quad lines with the construction line. (Figure Step 5).
Using the ROTATE command, rotate the medium size circle, using the Reference option, to line up the quad lines with the construction line. (Figure Step 6).
Using the MOVE command, move the small circle snapping the bottom quad to the intersection of the medium circle and the construction line. (Figure Step 7)
Using the ROTATE command, rotate the small circle, using the Reference option, to line up the quad lines with the construction line. (Figure Step 8)
Using the SCALE command, scale the small circle, using the Reference option, to fit exactly between the other two circles. (Figure Step 9)
Freeze layer: Construction. Your completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 24
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 24-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Set the insertion units and insert the key. Check your drawing for accuracy.
Copy the completed object 7 inches in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 3)
Using the STRETCH command only, edit the object on the right to match the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
To draw the arc at the top, draw a construction line by snapping the first point to the center of the circle and the second point snapping it perpendicular to the inclined line. Draw a circle, on layer: Object, snapping to the center of the circle for the center point and the end of the construction line for the radius. Trim the circle. (Figure Hint 1)
See the following steps to edit the object using the STRETCH command.
Stretch the object 1 inch in the positive Y direction. (Figure Hint 2 – Step 1)
Stretch the right side of the slot 0.25 inches towards the center. (Figure Hint 2 – Step 2)
Stretch the left side of the slot 0.25 inches towards the center. (Figure Hint 2 – Step 3)
Draw construction lines using the dimensioned drawing in Step 1 as a reference. (Figure Hint 2 – Step 4)
Stretch the bottom of the slot using the construction lines to snap to. Do the same for the top of the slot. (Figure Hint 2 – Step 5)
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 24-2 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. This object will be referred to as the original object in this lab exercise. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Copy and scale the original object in steps A to H: (Figure Step 2)
A Copy the center to X4,Y9. Scale the inside array only. Use the scale factor of 1.5. Use the center as base point.
B Copy the center to X4,Y13. Scale the whole object at a scale factor of 0.5. Use the center as base point.
C Copy the center to X9,Y13. Scale the outside array only. Use a scale factor of 1.25 Use the center as base point.
D Copy the center to X10,Y8.
E Copy the center to X16.75,Y6.7. Scale the whole object at a scale factor of 2. Use the center as base point.
F Copy the center to X16.5,Y13.5. Scale the inside array only at a scale factor of 3. Scale the outside array at a scale factor of 0.5. Use the center as the base point.
G Copy the object and scale it to fit exactly between the existing objects B and C. Scale it to fit exactly between the midpoint on the arcs. Use the Reference option do not use math.
H Copy the object and scale it to fit exactly between the closest distance between the two existing objects D and E. Rotate the object so the midpoints of the arcs are touching the existing objects. Use the Reference option. Do not use math.
Using the dimensioned drawing, complete the following steps:
Draw 2 lines and an the arc.
Array them 16 times.
Deleted unwanted objects and insert two 0.05 radius fillets.
Deleted the unnecessary objects.
Array it 16 times.
Draw construction lines from center to center of the objects to help you complete the drawing. (Figure Hint 2)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Unlike single line text, that was taught Module 19, multiline text, also called mtext, is a text object that can contain one or more lines of text. AutoCAD contains an editor that inserts and edits mtext similar to a word processor. Mtext uses the current text style for its properties, just like single line text, but it allows the font color and appearance of the text, with the same style, to be changed. This cannot be done with single line text.
Mtext can be exploded using the EXPLODE command. When exploded, it is converted into single line text objects and loses all of its mtext properties except the color, height, and text style.
AutoCAD Command: MTEXT
The MTEXT command is used to insert one or more lines of multiline text objects. Each mtext is a single drawing object.
Shortcut: MT
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 25-1.
Create a new text style naming it: Module 25 and assign the font: romans.shx. Set Standard as the current text style.
Enable layout: Module Layout A.
Set layer: Text as the current layer and while in paper space, enter the MTEXT command as shown below. (Figure Step 5)
Command: MTEXT
Current text style: “Standard” Text height: 0.2000
Specify first corner:
Specify opposite corner or [Height/Justify/Line spacing/Rotation/Style/Width]:
(Select two corners to form a window as shown in the figure. The size and location are not that important but try to match the figure the best you can.)
The MTEXT command will open the Text Formatting dialogue box. It works similar to a simple word processor. (Figure Step 6)
Set layer: Text as the current layer. Set the text style to: Module 25, the text height to 0.4 and the color to Red as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7)
In the bounding box, enter the text shown below. Use uppercase letters. Do not press the Enter key at the end of the line, just keep typing. Do not correct the spelling errors in the text, type it as shown. (Figure Step 8)
THIS IS MTEXT. IT IS ONE OBJICT. IF EXPLODED, IT IS CONVERTED TO SINLE LINE TEXT.
Click OK after you have entered all the text. (Figure step 9)
Enter the MTEXT command as shown below. (Figure Step 10)
Command: MTEXT
Current text style: “Module 25” Text height: 0.4000
Specify first corner:
Specify opposite corner or [Height/Justify/Line spacing/Rotation/Style/Width]:
(Select two corners to form a window. The size and location are not that important but try to match the figure the best you can.)
Command:
Set the text style to: Titleblock, font Arial and height to 0.3 as shown in the figure. In the bounding box, enter the text shown below. Enter it in upper case characters. At the end of each line press the Enter key. Do not correct the spelling errors in the text, type it as shown. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
THIS IS MTEXT USING ARIAL FONT.
THIS IS CITY BLUEPRINT FONT.
THIS IS UNDERLIND MTEXT.
THIS IS BOLD MTEXT. THIS IS SMALL MTEXT.
THIS IS LARGE MTEXT.
THIS MTEXT IS COLORED BLUE.
Block the second line of the text. While it is blocked, select the font: City Blueprint. (Figure Step 12)
Block the third line. While it is blocked, click the Underline icon. (Figure Step 13)
Block the forth line. While it is blocked, click the Bold icon. (Figure Step 14)
Block the fifth line. While it is blocked, set the text height to 0.14. (Figure Step 15)
Block the sixth line. While it is blocked, set the text height to 0.40. (Figure Step 16)
Block the seventh line. While it is blocked, set the color to Blue. (Figure Step 17)
The completed drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 18)
Save and close the drawing.
The DDEDIT command, taught in Module 19, is used to edit mtext. You can enter the DDEDIT command on the command line or enter it from one of the menus and then select the mtext to edit. A much faster method to edit mtext is to double click the mtext. When mtext is double- clicked, it will open the Text Formatting dialogue box and display the selected mtext.
AutoCAD Command: SPELL
The SPELL command is used to spell check selected text or all text in the current drawing.
Shortcut: SP
AutoCAD Command: QTEXT
The QTEXT command is used to change the display of all text objects on the drawing to rectangles that represent the location of the text.
Shortcut: none
There are two basic font types available in AutoCAD. They are shape fonts and true type fonts.
A shape font is a compiled font created using vector lines and arcs. The text characters in a shape font are made from lines and arcs, the same as drawings. They are created in a text file, saved as a shape file, and compiled before they can be used in a drawing. A shape file is saved with the extension .shp and after it is compiled, is given a .shx extension. See Figure 25-2.
A true type font is a raster font. The text characters in a raster font are created from dots or pixels. A true type font does not have a file extension assigned to the name.
The fonts available in the Text Style dialogue box are either shape fonts or true type fonts. Shape fonts have the extension .shx while true type fonts do not have an extension. That is how you can tell which font type is being used. See Figure 25-2.
The main differences between shape fonts and true type fonts are as follows:
Not all characters or symbols that are required on drawings are available on a keyboard. These characters are called special characters, see Figure 25-3. To enter them as text, control codes must be used.
The control code used by AutoCAD is a pair of percent signs %%. Added before a special character, AutoCAD’s text commands will interpret it differently than normal text characters. Shape and true type fonts as well as single line and multiline text work differently with special characters. Therefore, you will have to experiment with the text type and font being used.
Open the drawing:
AutoCAD 2D Workalong 25-1. Enable layout: Module Layout A. (Figure Step 1)
Enter the SPELL command. It will open the Check Spelling dialogue box. Pull down the Where to check: list and select Current space/layout. Press the Start button. (Figure Step 2)
One by one, the dialogue box will display the words it finds that are not in the dictionary and may suggest a replacement. You have the choice to Ignore, Change or to Add the word to the dictionary. In this case, click the Ignore All box. It will ignore all mtext words in the layout. (Figure Step 3)
This spell checker will find the next misspelled word. In this example, it is OBJICT. Click the Change box to correct the spelling to OBJECT. This spell checker will find the next misspelled word. In this example, it is SINLE. Carry on using the spell checker until it completes checking all words. When the spell checker finds ARIAL, click the Add to Dictionary box to add the word. (Figure step 4A. 4B, and 4C).
Your drawing should now appear as shown in the figure with the spelling errors corrected. (Figure Step 5)
Enter the QTEXT command as shown below. (Figure Step 6)
Command: QTEXT
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <OFF>: ON
Command: REGEN Regenerating model
Command:
Enter the QTEXT and REGEN commands as shown below. (Figure Step 7)
Command: QTEXT
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <ON>: OFF
Command: REGEN
Regenerating model.
Command
Using The EXPLODE command, as shown below, explode the mtext object at the top of the drawing only. When exploded, mtext is converted into single line text. Do not explode the lower mtext object. (Figure Step 8)
Command: EXPLODE
Select objects: 1 found
Select objects:
Command:
Open the Properties window and then select the five lines of text. While the text lines are selected, set the rotation angle to 5 degrees and the height of 0.3. Using what you learned in Module 19, edit the first two lines of the text to match the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Edit the third line of text. Add the special characters ‘ %%p ‘ preceding the number 0.30 and execute the command. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
Using what you just learned and the special character table in Figure 25-3, edit the text to appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Your finished drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 25
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
Create a text style named: Module Lab 25, font: Romans. Set it as the current text style.
Set layer: Text as the current layer. Enable layout: Module Layout A. In Paper space, insert 4 mtext objects as shown in the figure. Leave the spelling errors in the text as you enter it. Locate the text by eye to match the figure the best you can. (Figure step 2)
Note: Not all computer systems have the same fonts loaded. This is especially true for true type fonts. If you don’t have the font requested in a lab exercise, choose another one of your choice.
Complete the titleblock using the AutoCAD book Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20.
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-2 | N/A | Inches |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 25-2.
Spell check all text in the layout and correct all spelling errors.
Explode the mtext that is shown in Figure Step 3 only.
Edit the text to appear as shown in Figure Step 4.
Note: Not all computer systems have the same fonts loaded. This is especially true for true type fonts. If you don’t have the font requested in a lab exercise, choose another one of your choice.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 26-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Draw it anywhere in Model space. (Figure Step 1)
Using the MIRROR command, mirror the object and make the necessary changes to match the figure. (Figure Step 2)
Complete the object by erasing and extending all lines so they are all continuous in length. This object will be referred to as the original object in this lab exercise.
Copy and scale the original object at a scale factor of 0.25 to a location anywhere in Model space. The smaller object (scaled object) will be referred to as the scaled object in this lab exercise. (Figure Step 4)
Complete the following steps: (Figure Step 5)
A Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing.
B Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing.
C Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing.
D Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Stretch it to match the dimensioned drawing.
E Copy the scaled object to the coordinates Stretch it to match the dimensioned shape.
Complete the following steps: (Figure Step 6)
F Copy the original object to the coordinates Scale it to match the dimensioned drawing.
G Copy the original object to the coordinates shown. Scale it to a scale factor of 5.
H Copy the original object to the coordinates shown. Scale the two outside ones to a scale factor of 0.5 and the center one to fit.
I Copy the original object to the coordinates shown. Rotate it 45 degrees and scale it to match the the figure.
Complete the following steps: (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
J Draw a 1.4 diameter construction circle at the coordinates shown. Copy the scaled object to the coordinate shown. Array the object to match the figure.
K Draw a 1.4 diameter construction circle at the coordinates shown. Copy the scaled object to the coordinates shown. Array the object to match the figure.
L Copy the original object anywhere on the drawing. Scale the object to match the given dimension. Rotate it 45 degrees. Using 2 polar arrays, complete the diagram shown below. Move the finished objects to the coordinates shown in the figure.
Complete the following: (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
M Draw a construction circle at the coordinates shown. Copy the scaled object to the four locations shown. Execute the ARRAY command, four times, to match the figure.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
NOTE: If you understand multiview drawings, hidden lines, and can draw the three standard views of an object skip this module and go directly to Module 28.
The drafting and design world uses a system of representing a three- dimensional object by drawing two-dimensional views. It is called a multiview drawing. To explain this system of drawing, the 3D wireframe model shown in Figure 27-1 will be used. To draw a two- dimensional view of one side of the object, place a imaginary plane parallel to its side and project the view of the model (perpendicular) onto the plane. This is called orthographic projection. Imagine the plane to a sheet of glass. See Figure 27-2.
To carry this principal further, place a plane on each side of the object for a total of six planes or sheets of glass to form a glass box. See Figure 27-3. Picture unfolding the glass box onto a flat two-dimensional plane as shown in Figure 27-4.
All six views are now visible at the same time. The six views are named Top, Front, Right Side, Left Side, Rear, and Bottom.
In almost all objects, three views are adequate to describe it. In fact, there are many models that only need two views and some that only need one view to describe them.
The three standard views are the Top, Front, and Right Side. They must be drawn in the positions shown in Figure 27-5 and must align.
The three standard views are always selected as shown in Figure 27-6.
Usually it is best to draw the view with the most irregular shape first and then project lines to the other two views. For the object in Figure 27-7, the front view should be drawn first and then the top and right side views are projected.
Notice how the views aligned. Figure 27-7 shows two different methods of projecting lines from the top view to the right side view or vise versa.
The distance between the views is not important and can be easily adjusted in AutoCAD using the MOVE command. In most cases, the distances are adjusted to accommodate dimensions and notes.
Lines and features that can be seen in the views are drawn with continuous or solid lines. They are called object lines. Even though they are called object lines, they can be circular in shape. To completely describe a model in a multiview drawing, you must also show all lines or features that are hidden in that view. They are called hidden lines and their linetype is dashed. Study the multiview drawing below and take note how the holes going through the object are shown with hidden lines. See Figures 27-8 and 27-9.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 27-1.
Set the insert units to inches. Open the Insert dialogue box and insert the block: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 27-1. (Figure Step 3)
Using The EXPLODE command, as shown below, explode the block you just inserted. Command: EXPLODE
Select objects: 1found
(Select the grid)
Select objects:
Command:
Lock layers: Grid and Border Lines. (Figure Step 5)
Draw in the upper left area. On layer Object, using the isometric drawing as the object to draw, draw the outline of the Front view of the model. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Draw the outline of the Right Side view of the object. (Figure Step 7)
Draw the outline of the Top view of the object. (Figure Step 8)
Add the interior object lines in all views. (Figure Step 9)
On layer: Hidden, draw the hidden lines. In this drawing, only one line is required. (Figure Step 10)
On layer: Text, add the text 27-1 under the multiview drawing. Use text style: 2D Modules at a height of 0.5 inches. (Figure Step 11)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 27
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 27-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 27-1. (Figure Step 1)
On layer: Object and Hidden, draw a multiview drawing using the standard three views of each of the five objects in Figure 27-2 to 27-6.
Check your answer in Figure 27-7. Do not look at the answer until you have completed your drawings.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A regular polygon is a closed polyline having between 3 and 1,024 equal-length sides. Regular polygons can be drawn using the POLYGON command. Using the POLYGON command to create polygons is a fast and simple way to draw squares, equilateral triangles, hexagons, octagons, and any other regular polygon. See Module 14.
A polygon drawn using the POLYGON command constructs a closed pline. Polygons can be constructed using the inscribed, circumscribed, or the edge method. See Figure 30-1 and 30-2. Since the polygon drawn by the POLYGON command is a polyline, it is one object in AutoCAD. It can be exploded into individual lines using the EXPLODE command.
Even though a square can be constructed using the POLYGON command, they are easier to draw using the RECTANGLE command.
AutoCAD Command: POLYGON
The POLYGON command is used to create closed polylines to form regular polygons that have between 3 to 1024 sides.
Shortcut: POL
AutoCAD Command: RECTANGLE
The RECTANGLE command is used to construct a 4 sided polygon using a closed polyline in the shape of a rectangle or a square.
Shortcut: REC
AutoCAD Command: ELLIPSE
The ELLIPSE command is used to construct ellipses or elliptical arcs.
Shortcut: EL
An ellipse is determined by two axes that define its length and width. The longer axis is called the major axis, and the shorter one is the minor axis. The center of the ellipse is located at the intersection of the axes. The rotation angle of the ellipse determines length of the minor axis compared to the length of the major axis. See Figure 30-3.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 30-1.
On layer: Construction, draw two horizontal and 3 vertical lines as shown in the dimensioned drawing. Where you start the drawing is not important. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw a hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and left line. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw the hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and the center line. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: POL
Enter number of sides <8>: 6
(Enter the number of sides of the polygon.)
Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: (int)
(Snap to the intersection of the two lines.)
Enter an option [Inscribed in circle/Circumscribed about circle] <C>: I
(This is an inscribed polygon since it is dimensioned to a corner.)
Specify radius of circle: @0.5<0
(Radius of the inscribed circle.)
Command:
Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw the hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and the center line. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: POL
Enter number of sides <8>: 6
(Enter the number of sides of the polygon.)
Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: (int)
(Snap to the intersection of the two lines.)
Enter an option [Inscribed in circle/Circumscribed about circle] <I>: C
(This is a circumscribed polygon.)
Specify radius of circle: @0.5<0
(Radius of the circumscribed circle.)
Command:
Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw a hexagon with its center at the intersection of the top and the right line. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: POL
Enter number of sides <8>: 6
Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: (int)
Enter an option [Inscribed in circle/Circumscribed about circle] <I>: I
Specify radius of circle: @0.5<90
(Radius and location of the corner of the polygon.)
Command:
Using what you learned in Steps 4 to 6, draw the three regular polygons and locate them as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
On layer: Object, enter the RECTANGLE command, as shown below, to draw the rectangle. (Figure Step 8)
Command: RECTANGLE
Specify first corner point or [Chamfer/Elevation/Fillet/Thickness/Width]: 1,2.5
Specify other corner point or [Area/Dimensions/Rotation]: 7.5,6
Command:
On layer: Construction, draw diagonal lines by snapping from corner to corner of the rectangle. (Figure Step 9)
On layer: Object, using the figure as a reference, enter the ELLIPSE command, as shown below, to draw the ellipse. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
Command: ELLIPSE
Specify axis endpoint of ellipse or [Arc/Center]: C
Specify center of ellipse: (int)
(Snap to the intersection of the two diagonal lines to located the center of the ellipse.)
Specify endpoint of axis: @2,0
Specify distance to other axis or [Rotation]: @0,1
Command:
Trim the construction lines inside the ellipse. (Figure step 11)
Using what you learned earlier in this workalong, on layer: Object, draw the four polygons shown in the figure. Locate the centers of the polygons at the midpoint of each construction line. (Figure Step 12A and 12B)
Turn layer: Construction off. Enter the POLYGON command, as shown below, to draw a hexagon using the Edge method. (Figure 13A and 13B)
Command: POL
POLYGON Enter number of sides <8>: 6
Specify center of polygon or [Edge]: E
Specify first endpoint of edge: (end) P1
Specify second endpoint of edge: (end) P2
Command:
Explode both polygons and delete the lines they share. (Figure Step 14)
Using what you learned in Module 29, use the PEDIT command to create a closed polyline. Using the Properties window, confirm that the polygon you just created is closed. (Figure Step 15)
The bottom section of your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 16)
AutoCAD Command: AREA
The AREA command is used to find the area or perimeter of a series of coordinates, a closed polyline, circle or ellipse.
Shortcut: none
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 30-1. (Figure Step 1)
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure the area of the rectangle using the Corner Point method. (Figure Step2)
Command: AREA
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: (end) P1
Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (end) P2
Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (end) P3
Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (end) P4
Specify next corner point or press ENTER for total: (press Enter)
(You do not have to snap back to the start point. The AREA command will go back to the first point and calculate the area and perimeter.)
Area = 22.7500, Perimeter = 20.0000
Command:
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure the area and perimeter of the rectangle using the Object method. (Figure Step 3)
Command: AREA
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: O
(Using the Object method.)
Select objects: P5
(Select the object. It must be a closed polygon, a circle or an ellipse.)
Area = 22.7500, Perimeter = 20.0000
(This answer will match the results found in Step 2)
Command:
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure the area of the rectangle subtracting objects from the overall area. (Figure Step 4)
Command: AREA
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: A
(Specifying you want to be in Add mode.)
Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract]: O
(ADD mode) Select objects: P6
(Add in the rectangle area.)
Area = 22.7500, Perimeter = 20.0000
Total area = 22.7500
(ADD mode) Select objects:
(Press enter to end the Add mode)
Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract]: S
(Beginning the Subtract mode.)
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add]: O
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P7
Area = 0.1591, Perimeter = 1.8187
Total area = 22.5909
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P8
Area = 0.3183, Perimeter = 2.1000
Total area = 22.2726
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P9
Area = 6.2832, Perimeter = 9.6884
Total area = 15.9894
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P10
Area = 0.6365, Perimeter = 3.5000
Total area = 15.3529
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects: P11
Area = 0.2450, Perimeter = 1.9799
Total area = 15.1079
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects:
(Press Enter to end the Subtract mode.)
Total area = 15.1079
(The area of the overall object minus the 5 inner objects is 15.1079 square inches.)
Command:
Enter the AREA command, as shown below, to measure and add the areas of three individual objects. (Figure Step 5)
Command: AREA
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add/Subtract]: A
(Enter the Add mode.)
Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract]: O
(ADD mode) Select objects: P12
Area = 0.1591, Perimeter = 1.8187
Total area = 0.1591
(ADD mode) Select objects: P13
Area = 0.2450, Perimeter = 1.9799
Total area = 0.4041
(ADD mode) Select objects: P14
Area = 0.6365, Perimeter = 3.5000
Total area = 1.0407
(The total area of the three objects combined is 1.0407 square inches.)
Command:
Open the Properties window and select the large rectangle. The area and the perimeter (length) will display. (Figure Step 6)
Unselect the rectangle and select the object in the bottom right. The area and the perimeter (length) will display. (Figure Step 7)
Since a full degree is not always precise enough to measure an angle, you must be able to work to a more precise measurement. Degrees are broken down to smaller and more precise units of minutes and seconds.
1 degree is divided into 60 minutes and 1 minute is divided into 60 seconds:
1 degree = 60 minutes
1 minute = 60 seconds
Therefore, 1 degree = 3600 seconds.
Degrees are written 1E, minutes are written 01′ and seconds 01″.
Combined: 1<01’01”.
Here are some examples of adding and subtracting angles with degree minutes and seconds. Study them and then solve problems A to F below.
Solve the following problems of adding and subtracting degrees, minutes and seconds. The answers are shown below.
A 105E23’09”
B 45E07’25”
C 256E42’44”
D 26E24’14”
E 147E18’22”
F 105E19’46”
Up to this point in the book, all of the angles have been entering using degrees and decimals of a degree. The values of degrees can also be entered using degree/minutes/seconds.
The Drawing Units dialogue box must be set to report angular units and precision in degree/minutes/seconds. The Angle Type must be set to Deg/Min/Sec and the Precision set to the value that you want it reported. See Figure 30-5.
Since there is no degree symbol on the keyboard, enter the letter ‘ d ‘ after the number when entering degrees in response to an AutoCAD prompt.
For example: 34d
To specify the number of minutes, enter a ‘ (single quote) after the number and to enter seconds, enter a ” (double quote) after the number. See Figure 30-6.
For example: 34d56’32” Command: LINE
Specify first point: 2,2
Specify next point or [Undo]: @2<34d56’32”
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
Key Principles in Module 30
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 30-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
On layer: Boundary, using the PEDIT command, create a closed polygon of the outside outline of the object. (Figure Step 2)
To the precision of 4 decimal places, find the area and perimeter of the closed polygon created in Step 2.
A Area = ___________________
B Perimeter = ___________________
Change the square and the heptagon to appear as shown in the figure. On layer Boundary, using the BOUNDARY command, create a closed polygon of the new shape. (Figure Step 4)
To the precision of 6 decimal places, find the area and perimeter of the closed polygon created in Step 4.
A Area = ___________________
B Perimeter = ___________________
To draw the 3 radius tangent arc on the top right side of the object, you must draw a tangent circle and then trim it. The FILLET command cannot be used as it will draw the fillet on the inside. Use the CIRCLE command and the TTR option to insert the tangent circle and then trim it. (Figure Hint 1)
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 30-2 | 2D Layout English | Feet |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above. (Figure Step 1)
Using the UNITS command, set the Length type to Engineering, the Angle type to Deg/Min/Sec and Units to scale inserted content: to Inches, as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2)
On layer: Lot Lines, draw the first line of the model, as shown below: (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 200.0′,1200.0‘
(Make sure that all numbers are followed by the ‘ character.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @1200.0′,0′
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command: ZOOM
Specify corner of window, enter a scale factor (nX or nXP), or
[All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Previous/Scale/Window/Object] <real time>: E
Regenerating model.
Command:
On layer: Lot Lines, complete the model using the dimensioned drawing shown in Step 1. The input must be is feet and decimals of a foot. (Figure Step 4)
On layer: Lot Pins, draw circles, with 10 foot diameters, to indicate the location of the survey pins. Hint: Draw one circle and copy it to the other locations. (Figure Step 5)
With INSUNITS set to Inches, insert the key to check your model for accuracy.
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport as shown in the figure. Set the scale to 1:1200 or 0.000833 and lock the display. (Figure Step 7)
Using the AREA command, find the area of each of the 10 lots. On layer: Text, in paper space, insert the text as shown in the figure. Edit the text with the applicable area. Fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 8)
In Paper space, on layer: Lot Dimensions, insert the dimensions of the lot lines as shown in the figure. On layer: Lot Labels, insert text of the street name and the lot numbers. Create your own text style, pick the font and select the text height. (Figure Step 9)
Turn layer: Viewport off to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 10)
To draw the arc in the center, first draw two 150 foot diameter circles on layer: Construction. Use the ends of the lot lines as the center locations. Where the circles intersect is the center of the 150 foot diameter arc. Draw a circle and then trim it. (Figure Hint 1A and 1B).
Figure Hint 2A to 2F will help you calculate the angles.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
USER TIP: Whenever possible, use the keyboard function keys to toggle features rather than using the Status bar or the applicable commands. Using a function key to toggle a feature is a much faster method and will save the wear and tear on your mouse arm. The function keys that you have learned to this point in the book are:
Grids are a series of dots or lines that display and overlay the Graphic window in a rectangular or square shape similar to overlaying a paper drawing with grid paper. Grids do not plot and are not part of the drawing’s database, they are simply a drawing aid.
The grid can be set to display using dots or lines. See Figures 28-1 and 28-2. The grid’s density can be adjusted and their display can be enabled or disabled, when required. The horizontal and vertical spacing between the grid dots or lines can be different, but by default are equal. The grid display can be toggled with the F7 key, the icon on the Status bar, with the GRID command, or by using the Drafting Settings dialogue box. The size of the rectangle that the grid fills can be set to the size of the drawing limits or it can be set to fill Model space. Grids can also be displayed in a layout in Paper space.
The snap feature works in conjunction with grids. If snap is enabled, the crosshairs snaps only to grid dots, similar to object snap mode. The grid density and the snap density do not have to be set at the same value. Therefore, the crosshairs could snap to locations between the displayed grid dots. The snap can be toggled using the F9 key, with the icon on the Status bar, using the SNAP command, or with the Drafting Settings dialogue box. If snap is enabled, it snaps to the snap density even if the grid display is disabled.
AutoCAD Command: GRID
The GRID command is used to display a series of dots or lines in either an equal or unequal horizontal and vertical spacing. The function key F7 toggles grid mode.
Shortcut: F7
AutoCAD Command: SNAP
The SNAP command is used to control and enable the snap feature. The function key F9 toggles snap mode.
Shortcut: F9
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 28-1.
Open the Drafting Setting dialogue box by right clicking the Snap icon in the Status bar and clicking Snap Settings. (Figure Step 3)
In the Drafting Setting dialogue box, enable the Snap and Grid tab. Set the X and Y snap and grid spacings to 0.2 and 0.1 respectfully. Check all of the other settings and change them, if necessary, to match the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Enter the LIMITS command, as shown below, to set the limits to 8 1/2 X 11 inches.
Command: LIMITS
Reset Model space limits:
Specify lower left corner or [ON/OFF] <0.0000,0.0000>:
Specify upper right corner <12.0000,9.0000>: 8.5,11
Command:
Press F7 to enable the grid display and your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 6)
MUST KNOW: If you find your crosshairs jumping around your screen and hard to control, check to see if the snap icon is enabled on the Status bar. Some menu commands will toggle snap mode without you knowing it. Disable snap whenever you are not using it.
Keep in mind that you can toggle the snap with F9 or by clicking the icon on the Status bar.
Press F9 to enable the snap function.
On layer: Construction, enter the LINE command and draw lines as shown in the figure. Locate and draw the lines by eye. Try to match the figure the best you can. (Figure Step 8)
On layer: Object, use the CIRCLE and LINE commands to draw the 5 circles and three lines to form the triangle. Use the detailed figure (Figure Step 9B) to size the circles and the triangle. Snap to grid dots to draw all objects. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
On layer: Object, use the LINE command to draw the lines as shown in the figure. Snap to the grid dots for all lines. (Figure Step 10)
Turn layer: Construction off and trim the any necessary lines. (Figure Step 11)
Press F7 and F9 to disable the grid and the snap functions. (Figure Step 12)
On layout: Module Layout A, create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 0.75:1 and lock the display. Complete the titleblock using the AutoCAD book Titleblock Standards shown in Module 20. (Figure Step 13)
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 14)
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout Metric.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 28-2.
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Study the figures. (Figure Step 3A, 3B, and 3C)
Enable Ortho mode by pressing F8. Draw the Front view by entering the LINE command shown below. (Figure Step 4A to 4H)
Command: L
Specify first point: 100,100
(Move the crosshairs in the positive X direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: 40
(Note how you only have to enter the X distance. As long as Ortho mode is enabled, you are not required to enter the @.)
(See Figure Step 4A)
(Move the crosshairs in the positive Y direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: 20
(See Figure Step 4B)
(Move the cursor in the positive X direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: 20
(See Figure Step 4C)
(Move the crosshairs in the negative Y direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: 20
(See Figure Step 4D)
(Move the crosshairs in the positive X direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: 40
(See Figure Step 4E)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @-25,50
(The crosshairs position is not important when you enter exact coordinates. Ortho mode will be ignored when both coordinates are entered. See Figure Step 4F)
(Move the crosshairs in the negative X direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]: 50
(See Figure Step 4G)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]: C
(Close the line to the start point. Figure Step 4H)
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
Command:
On layer: Construction, with Ortho mode and Osnap mode enabled, use the LINE command to draw a vertical line by snapping the first point to the end of the bottom line. The length of the line is not important. (Figure Step 5)
Using what you just learned, repeat the same thing five additional times to draw vertical lines from each endpoint on the front view. (Figure Step 6)
Using what you just learned, repeat the same thing by drawing horizontal lines from the three endpoints on the Front view. Guess at the length of the lines. (Figure Step 7)
Draw a 45 degree line starting from the intersection of the construction line on the far right and the construction line on the top as shown in the figure. The line should be a least 200 units long. (Figure Step 8)
Using Ortho mode, draw a horizontal line as shown in the figure. The location and length of line is not important. Try to match the figure as close as you can by eye. (Figure Step 9)
With Ortho mode enabled, draw a vertical line from the intersection of the inclined line and the line you drew in Step 9. (Figure Step 10)
Using the OFFSET command, offset the line you drew in Step 9, 17.5 millimeters up. Repeat using 15 and 17.5 millimeters. (Figure step 11)
With Ortho mode enabled, draw vertical lines from the intersection of the horizontal lines and the inclined line. Ensure that you start each line by snapping to the intersection of the lines. (Figure Step 12)
Trim the lines in the top and Right Side views as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 13)
In the Right Side view, offset the top line 10 millimeters down. With Ortho mode enabled, extend the line across the Front view. (Figure Step 14)
From the point where the line you drew in Step 14 intersect the incline lines in the Front view, use Ortho mode and draw the lines vertical across the Top view. (Figure Step 15)
Trim the lines in the Top and Right Side views to match the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Change the object lines to layer: Object and the hidden lines to layer: Hidden. (Figure Step 17)
Save and close the drawing.
When the radius is not given for an arc, it can be drawn using with three known points on the arc. See Figure 28-3.
Draw the construction lines to match the given dimensions.
Enter the ARC command as shown below:
Command: ARC
Specify start point of arc or [Center]: (end) P1
Specify second point of arc or [Center/End]: (mid) P2
Specify end point of arc: (end) P3
Command:
Key Principles in Module 28
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 28-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
Using the figure, draw a multiview drawing of the object. Draw the Top, Front, and Right Side views. (Figure Step 1)
Space the views 2 inches apart. (Figure Step 2)
Draw all construction lines on layer: Construction, the object lines on layer: Object, and the hidden lines on layer: Hidden.
Check your drawing with the key.
Save and close the drawing.
Draw the arc in the Front view using the User Tip at the start of this module. (Figure Hint 1)
Time allowed: 45 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 28-2 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
Using the figure, draw a multiview drawing of the object. Draw the Top, Front and Right Side views. (Figure Step 1),
Space the views 2 inches apart. (Figure Step 2)
Draw all construction lines on layer: Construction, the object lines on layer: Object, and the hidden lines on layer: Hidden.
Check your drawing with the key.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A polyline is a series of line and/or arc segments connected to create a single drawing object. Polylines are created using the PLINE or the PEDIT command from existing straight line segments, arc segments, or a combination of the two. A polyline, usually called a pline, can be edited with the PEDIT command or the Properties window. A polyline can be given a width or can be converted back to the individual drawing object segments by exploding it with the EXPLODE command.
Since the release of AutoCAD 14, polylines have been created as lightweight polylines. Sometimes called a 2D polyline, a lightweight polyline is greatly improved over the older heavyweight or 3D polyline which was used before AutoCAD 14. Using 2D polylines allows AutoCAD to regenerate the drawing faster, which in turn allows you to work faster.
In this module, only 2D polylines are taught. 3D polylines are taught in the AutoCAD 3D book. In the AutoCAD 2D book, the terms pline or polyline refers to a 2D polyline. A 3D polyline is called a 3D polyline.
A closed polyline creates a polygon. A closed polyline or a polygon has many different uses in an AutoCAD drawing but may appear exactly the same as an open polyline. It is important for you to be able to verify if a polyline is opened or closed. Polygons are assigned a Closed property. To check or change the Closed polyline property, use the Properties window. Figure 29-2 shows the selected polyline as open. On the other hand, Figure 29-3 shows how the polyline property has been changed to close the polyline.
Polylines can be drawn from scratch, using the PLINE command, or they can be created from existing objects using the PEDIT or the BOUNDARY command. The PEDIT command is used to convert existing lines and arcs into polylines and the BOUNDARY command will create a closed polyline object using enclosed areas of existing lines, arcs, and/or polylines.
To edit a polyline, use the PEDIT command or the Properties window. The AutoCAD 2D book does not cover all of the editing features of PEDIT as they are every extensive. The AutoCAD 3D book covers some of the more advanced options.
Each endpoint of a line or an arc segment in a polyline is called a vertex. A polyline changes direction at each vertex. See Figure 29-4.
AutoCAD Command: PLINE
The PLINE command is used to create a connected sequence of line and/or arc segments to form a single object. A closed polyline is a polygon.
Shortcut: PL
AutoCAD Command: PEDIT
The PEDIT command is used to edit existing polylines or create new polylines.
Shortcut: PE
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 29-1.
On layer: Object, enter the PLINE command, as shown below, to draw a square 2 inches by 2 inches with a closed 2D polyline. (Figure Step 3)
Command: PLINE
Specify start point 1,8
Current line-width is 0.0000
(The width should be 0.)
Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @2,0
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @0,2
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @-2,0
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: C
(Closing the pline.)
Command:
Without entering a command, select the polyline you drew in Step 3. Note how it is one drawing object. (Figure Step 4)
Press Esc to unselect the pline. Enter the PLINE command, as shown below, to draw another polyline inside the first one. In this command, you will be assigning a width of 0.1 to the pline. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Command: PLINE
Specify start point: (mid) P1
Current line-width is 0.0000
Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: W
Specify starting width <0.000>: 0.1
(Setting the width of the polyline to 0.1.)
Specify ending width <0.1000>:
(Press enter to set both ends of the pline to the same width.)
Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (mid) P2
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (mid) P3
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: (mid) P4
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: C
Command:
Enter the PEDIT command, as shown below, to change the width of an existing pline. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: PEDIT
Select polyline or [Multiple]: P5
Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: W
(Select the Width option.)
Specify new width for all segments: 0.05
(Set the width to 0.05 units.)
Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]:
Command:
Open the Properties window. Without entering a command, select the outside polyline. In the Properties window, change the Global width property to 0.035. (Figure Step 7)
Enter the PLINE and PEDIT commands, as shown below, to create an open polyline and then close it. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Command: PLINE
Specify start point: 5,8 Current line-width is 0.04
(Set the width to 0.04)
Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @2,0
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @0,2
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]: @-2,0
Specify next point or [Arc/Close/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]:
(This is an open pline.)
Command: PEDIT
Select polyline or [Multiple]: P6
Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: C
(Closing the polyline. Note how the last section has been added by this command.)
Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]:
Command:
Your drawing should now appears a shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9)
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figure. Using what you learned earlier in the book, draw it using lines and circles. Trim the circles to complete it. Your drawing should now appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10A and 10B)
Enter the PEDIT command, as shown below, to create a polyline using existing objects. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Command: PEDIT
Select polyline or [Multiple]: P7
(Select one of the objects.)
Object selected is not a polyline
Do you want to turn it into one? <Y> Y
Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: J
(Enter the Join option.)
Select objects: P8 1 found
Select objects: P9 1 found, 2 total
Select objects: P10 1 found, 3 total
Select objects:
3 segments added to polyline
(Joining the 4 objects to form one pline.)
Enter an option [Open/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]:
Command:
Without entering in a command, select the polyline that you created in Step 11. In the Properties window, check to ensure that it is a closed polyline. (Figure Step 12)
Enter the PEDIT command as shown below. Using the ALL object selection method, create a polyline with the joining objects. (Figure Step 13)
Command: PE
Select polyline or [Multiple]: P11
Object selected is not a polyline
Do you want to turn it into one? <Y>
(Press enter to accept Yes.)
Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Undo]: J
Select objects: ALL
(Selecting all of the visible objects in the drawing.)
Command:
Using the Properties window, check to ensure that the polyline you created in Step 13 was created and is closed. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Save and close the drawing.
A donut is simply a circular closed polyline, with an assigned width. Donuts are created with the DONUT command. They can be drawn with a width or completely filled in so that they appear as a solid circle. Since a donut is a polyline, it can be edited with the PEDIT command and exploded with the EXPLODE command. See Figure 29-6 for three donut examples.
AutoCAD Command: DONUT
The DONUT command is used to create donuts.
Shortcut: DO
AutoCAD Command: BOUNDARY
The BOUNDARY command is used to create a closed polyline using existing objects that form an enclosed area on the drawing.
Shortcut: BO
AutoCAD Command: FILL
The FILL command is used to toggle the solid fill display inside polylines, solid, and hatches.
Shortcut: none
AutoCAD Command: EXPLODE
The EXPLODE command is used to convert polylines plus many other AutoCAD objects back into individual objects.
Shortcut: X
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 29-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 29-2. (Figure Step 1)
On layer: Construction, draw a construction line diagonally from corner to corner in both squares as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2)
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Enter the DONUT command, as shown below, to draw two donuts with their centers located in the center of the squares. Snap to the midpoint of the construction lines when locating the centers. (Figure step 3A and 3B)
Command: DONUT
Specify inside diameter of donut <0.5000>: 0
(Setting the inside diameter to 0.)
Specify outside diameter of donut <0.8000>: 1
(Setting the outside diameter to 1.)
Specify center of donut or <exit>: (mid) P1
Specify center of donut or <exit>:
Command: DONUT
Specify inside diameter of donut <0.0000>: .5
(Setting the inside diameter to 0.5)
Specify outside diameter of donut <1.0000>:
(Press enter to accept default.)
Specify center of donut or <exit>: (mid) P2
Specify center of donut or <exit>:
Command:
Turn layer: Construction off and enter the commands below to see the results of using the FILL command. (Figure Step 4A and 4B
Command: FILL
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <ON>: OFF
(Disabling fill mode.)
Command: REGEN
(Regenerating to display fill mode.)
REGEN Regenerating model. Command: FILL
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <OFF>: ON
(Enabling fill mode.)
Command: REGEN
(Regenerating to display fill mode.)
REGEN Regenerating model.
Command:
Using what you learned earlier in the book, mirror the lower object to match the dimensions shown in the figure. (Figure Step 5)
Enter the EXPLODE command, as shown below, to explode the 5 plines back to their individual objects. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Command: EXPLODE
Select objects: P3 1 found
Select objects: P4 1 found, 2 total
Select objects: P5 1 found, 3 total
Select objects: P6 1 found, 4 total
Select objects: P7 1 found, 5 total
Select objects:
Command
Erase the inside arcs and lines from the object on the right as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7).
Copy the object on the right locating the center of the large radius at X5,Y3.5 and then rotate it -45 degrees as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Mirror and copy the object to match the dimensions as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
Set layer: Boundary as the current layer. Enter the BOUNDARY command. It will open the Boundary Creation dialogue box. Ensure that the settings in your dialogue box matches the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Click the Pick Points icon and select the locations P7, P8 and P9 as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Command: BOUNDARY
Pick internal point: Selecting everything… Selecting everything visible…
Analyzing the selected data… Analyzing internal islands…
Pick internal point: P7
Analyzing internal islands… Pick internal point: P8
Analyzing internal islands… Pick internal point: P9
BOUNDARY created 3 polylines
Command:
Note how the BOUNDARY command creates closed polylines using the boundary of the selected areas. The plines are located on layer: Boundary, colored blue. (Figure Step 12)
To prove that you have created polylines, move them away from the object using the MOVE command as shown in the figure. The exact location where you move them is not important. Using the Properties window, confirm that they are closed polylines. (Figure Step 13)
Your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Save and close the drawing.
Up to this point in the book, all working units have been inches or millimeters. They both use the Length Type of Decimals. To work in feet and inches, the first thing you have to do is change the Length Type to Architectural. This is done using the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, pull-down the Length Type box and select Architectural as shown in Figure 29-8.
Pull-down the Length Precision box and select 0′-0 1/16″ as shown in Figure Step 29-9. The precision can be changed as required. Even though the length units have been set to Architectural, AutoCAD continues to work in inches. Therefore, when a number is entered and nothing else, AutoCAD will assume the number is inches. i.e.
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 2,2
(AutoCAD interprets this number as 2″,2″)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @4,0
(AutoCAD interprets this as go 4″ in the X direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
To enter feet and inches, enter a ‘ (single quote) after the number of feet and a ” (double quote) after the number of inches. For example:
Command: LINE
Specify first point: 2’3″,4’6″
(AutoCAD interprets this number as 2 feet 3 inches.,4 feet 6 inches)
Specify next point or [Undo]: @5’2″,0
(AutoCAD interprets this as go 5 feet 2 inches in the X direction.)
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Command:
To work in fractions of an inch, enter the number as follows: 3’2-1/2″ or 3’2.5″
USER TIP: When editing polylines, it is sometimes easier to use the Properties window rather than the PEDIT command. The Properties window cannot do everything the PEDIT command can do. While a polyline cannot be created using the Properties window, it can do the following:
Key Principles in Module 29
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-1 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Create the objects to be arrayed in 3 steps as shown in the following figures. Once they have all be created, you will only have to use the ARRAY command twice to complete the drawing. (Figure Hint 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-2 | N/A | Millimeters |
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-2. (Figure Step 1)
Using the PEDIT command and the All method of selecting, create a closed pline from the objects that form the perimeter of the object. Change the pline to layer: Pline. Using the MOVE command, move the pline 125 millimeters in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 2)
Using the PEDIT command, 6 times, and the pick method of selecting the objects, create 6 closed plines of the slots. Copy the 6 plines 125 millimeters in the positive X direction. Change the layer of the copied plines to layer Pline. (Figure Step 3)
Set layer: Pline as the current layer. Using the BOUNDARY command, 7 times, create a pline around and inner shapes to create 7 closed plines. Move the 7 plines 125 millimeters in the positive X direction. (Figure Step 4)
Save and close the drawing.
Time allowed: 90 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-3 | 2D Layout English | Feet/Inches |
Start a new drawing using the template shown above.
Using the UNITS command, change the linear units to Architectural with a precision of 1/16″.
Using Steps 4 to 9, draw the floor plan of the house shown the figure. Use the LINE command to draw it. Use feet and inches as input units. (Figure Step 3)
On layer: Floor Plan, draw lines around the outside boundary of the house. (Figure Step 4)
Offset the outside boundary 6 inches toward the inside of the house. Trim or extend the lines to clean up the corners. (Figure Step 5)
On layer: Construction, draw lines in the center location of the inside walls. Use Figure Step 6B to help you. (Figure Step 6A and 6B)
Offset the center lines 2 inches on each side the centerline to create 4 inch walls. (Figure step 7A and 7B)
Turn layer: Construction off. Using the TRIM and EXTEND commands, clean up the corners of all walls and change layer of all wall lines to layer: Floor Plan. Figure step 8A and 8B)
Using Figure 9A, 9B and 9C, cut the door openings in the walls. (Figure step 9A, 9B, 9C, and 9D)
To draw a door, where the walls are horizontal or vertical , draw a line from the midpoint of the door opening with ortho mode enabled. Offset the line one-half the door width on each side and trim. (Figure Step 9B)
When the walls are inclined, draw a line from a point in space, perpendicular to the line. Move the line by snapping its endpoint to the midpoint of the line. Offset the line by one-half of the door width on each side and trim. (Figure Step 9C and 9D)
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport and set the scale to 1/4″=1′-0″. Lock the display. (Figure Step 10)
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 31-1 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer: Object, draw the object shown in the figures. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Change the width of the two regular polygons to a width of 1 and 2 as shown in Figure Step 1B)
Copy all objects, except the circles, 200 mm to the right. (Figure Step 3)
Using the PEDIT command, change the widths of all plines, in the copied figure, to the width of 0. (Figure Step 4)
On layer: Boundary, create a closed polyline of the outside perimeter of the copied object. (Figure Step 5)
Enable layout: Module Layout A2. On layer: Viewport, create three viewports. Set the scale of the viewports as shown in the figure and lock their display. (Figure Step 6)
Find the areas and perimeter shown in the figure. Set the current text style to: 2D Modules. In Paper space, on layer: Text, insert the text in the bottom left corner of the layout and include your answers. Set a text height that appears best on the drawing. (Figure Step 7)
In Paper space, on layer: Text, insert the scales of each viewport as shown in the figure. Set a text height that appears best on the drawing.
On layer: Titleblock Text, fill in the titleblock using the standard shown in Module 20.
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 10)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Many drawings require areas to be filled with a pattern. This is called crosshatching or just hatching. There are many uses for hatch patterns on a drawing including displaying an object’s material type, the solid material that was cut through in the sectional view, difference materials used in one area to another, plus many other applications.
The HATCH command is used to insert hatch patterns. It allows you to select two different methods of selecting the boundary of the area to be filled in with the hatch pattern. The first method is picking an internal point and allow the HATCH command to find an enclosed boundary and the second method involves using an existing closed polyline to define the hatching boundary. The first method works well most of the time but for more complicated drawings, the second method must be used.
There are many predefined hatch patterns including ANSI standards, ISO standards, and a solid fill pattern that are part of AutoCAD’s software. All hatch patterns are constructed using lines but hatch patterns are inserted as a single drawing object. This helps them to be easily manipulated and also keeps the drawing’s database small. A hatching pattern can be exploded, using the EXPLODE command, to convert it to individual lines.
An associative hatch will automatically adjust when the boundary, that was used to create it, is moved or changed. A nonassociative hatch remains the same size and in the same location regardless of the changes made to the hatch’s boundary. An associative hatch is the default in the HATCH command.
An associative hatch can be changed to a nonassociative hatch by changing the properties of the object with the Properties window or with the HATCHEDIT command. A nonassociative hatch can never be changed to a associative hatch. It would have to be deleted and reinserted.
AutoCAD Command: HATCH
The HATCH command is used to insert a hatch pattern.
Shortcut: H
AutoCAD Command: HATCHEDIT
The HATCHEDIT command is used to edit an existing hatch pattern.
Shortcut: none
When a view of an object requires a clearer description of its interior or it is hard to dimension because of the hidden lines, a cross section view can be drawn in place of the normal multiview. See Figure 32-1
A cross section view, also called a section, is a view of the object as if it were cut along a cutting plane and the two pieces pulled apart exposing the inside of the object. See Figure 32-2 and 32-4.
A cutting plane line is the line along the object where the cut would have been made. See Figure 32-2 and 32-3. The arrows point in the direction that you are looking when drawing the section view. The surfaces of the object that are solid, when cut, are crosshatched.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-1.
Enter the HATCH command. It will open the Hatch and Gradient dialogue box. The More/Less icon, in the bottom right corner of the dialogue box, is used to open or close the advanced portion of the dialogue box. (Figure Step 3)
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 30-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-1. (Figure Step 4)
Using the ROTATE command, rotate the diamond 45 degrees, using its center as the base point, to change it to a square. (Figure Step 5)
Using the COPY command, copy the bottom object three times locating them by eye. Align the copies and center them using what you have learned to this point in the book. Their exact location is not important for this exercise but ensure that they are aligned.
Erase the 6 regular polygons above the rectangles. On layer: Text, using the DTEXT command, add the text in each copy. Use the text style: 2D Modules at a height of 0.25. Your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 7)
Set the current layer to layer: Hatch. Enter the HATCH command. In the Hatch and Gradient dialogue box, set the Type and pattern to ANSI31. In the Angle and scale box, set the Angle to 0 and the Scale to 1. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
In the Options box, ensure that Associative is enabled. (Figure Step 9)
In the Boundaries box, click the Add Pick points icon and then pick the point P1 in Part A as shown in the figure. The hatch pattern will hatch the ellipse, without hatching over the text. (Figure Step 10A, 10B, and 10C)
Click OK to complete the command.
Enter the HATCH command again. In the Hatch dialogue box, set the Pattern to ANSI31, the Angle to 45 degrees and the Scale to 0.5. (Figure step 12)
Click the Add Select objects icon and when prompted, select the ellipse in Part B as shown in the figure. The hatch pattern will ignore everything inside the object as you can see in the figure. (Figure Step 13A, 13B, and 13C)
Enter the HATCH command. Click the … icon at the end of the Pattern box. This will open the Hatch Pattern Palette dialogue box. Select the AR-HBONE pattern. (Figure Step 14A and 14B)
With the AR-HBONE pattern selected, set the Angle to 0 and the Scale to 0.01. (Figure Step 15)
Using what you just learned, insert the hatching patterns in Part A using the Select Object method. Use the following specifications: (Figure Step 16)
Triangle – Pattern Hr-HBone
Angle – 0 Scale – 0.1
Square – Pattern Honey
Angle – 0 Scale – 0.5
Hexagon – Pattern Gravel
Angle – 0 Scale – 0.25
8 Sided Polygon – Pattern Solid, Angle N/A – Scale – N/A
On layer: Object, draw a 1 inch diameter circle in the center of the ellipses in Part C and Part D. (Figure Step 17)
Enter the HATCH command. Ensure that the Islands box is set to Normal as shown in the figure. Set the Types and pattern to Stars, the Angle to 0 and Scale to 0.5. (Figure Step 18A and 18B)
Click the Add Pick points icon. In Part C, select inside the rectangle as shown by P4. Part C should hatch as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19A and 19B)
Enter the HATCH command and set the Islands display style to Ignore. (Figure Step 20)
Click the Add Pick points icon and select the location P5 in Part D. (Figure Step 21A and 21B)
Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 22)
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: The FILL command controls the fill of a hatching pattern plus other feature in AutoCAD. If toggled off, hatch patterns will not appear on the drawing. This can help you work faster since the drawing regenerates faster. Do not forget to turn the FILL on when finished. The REGEN command must be executed to display the current fillmode after the FILL command has been executed.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 32-2. (Figure Step 1)
Enter the HATCHEDIT command, as shown below. (Figure Step 2)
Command: HATCHEDIT
Select hatch object: P1
(Select the hatching pattern inside the ellipse of PART A. This will open the Hatch Edit dialogue box.)
In the Angle and scale box change the Angle to 135 and the Scale to 2 as shown in Figure Step 3A. Click OK. Notice the change to the hatching pattern. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
To edit the hatching pattern for Part B, double click the pattern to open the Hatchedit dialogue box. On the pull-down list for Pattern, select Net. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
In the Angle and scale box, change the Angle to 0 and the Scale to 3. Click OK. Note the change to the hatching pattern. (Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Delete the hatch in Part D. (Figure Step 6)
Enter the HATCH command and click the Inherit Properties icon. Select the Net hatch pattern in Part B. With the paint brush graphic cursor, select inside the ellipse in Part D. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D)
Enter the commands shown below. Note how the hatching patterns will not display when Fill is Off and display when it is On. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Command: FILL
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <ON>: OFF
Command: REGEN
Regenerating model.
Command: FILL
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <OFF>: ON
Command: REGEN
Regenerating model. Command
Key Principles in Module 32
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the top and front views of the object shown in figures. (Figure Step 1)
Use the spacing between views as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 2)
On the Front view, add the full cross section. The cutting plane line is shown in Figure Step 3A. On layer: Hatch, insert the cross hatching pattern using the pattern ANSI31. Select an appropriate scale. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
If you have trouble visualizing the object and the section view you have to draw, study the solid models of the object shown below. The solid modeling views were done using AutoCAD. Solid Modeling is taught in the AutoCAD 3D book.
Time allowed: 50 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-2 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the Front and Right Side views of the figure. Draw the Right Side view as a full section. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
On layer: Hatch, insert the cross hatching pattern using the pattern ANSI32 at a scale of 0.5. (Figure Step 2)
To draw the gear teeth, see the five steps in the figure. Step 1 – Draw one line of the teeth. Step 2 – Array the line 64 times. Step 3 and 4 – Add lines to create one tooth and the repeat pattern. Erase the unwanted lines. Step 5 – Array the tooth 32 times. (Figure Hint 1)
If you have trouble visualizing the object, study the solid models of the object shown below. The solid modeling views were done using AutoCAD. Solid Modeling is taught in the AutoCAD 3D book.
Time allowed: 80 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-3 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, on layer: Lot Lines, draw only the four outside lot lines or the boundary of the lot. The dimensions on the drawing are in meters but the input is in millimeters so you must be careful. 1 meter = 1000 millimeters (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Using the dimensioned drawing as a reference, on layer: Object, draw the lines and arcs of the driveway, garage, house and patio. (Figure Step 2)
On layer: Boundary, use the BOUNDARY command to create a closed pline around each of the seven areas shown in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Turn layer: Object off.
On layer: Lot Hatch, insert the hatch patterns in the seven areas as follows:
A Grass
B AR-CONC
C Net
D Net – at an angle of 45 degrees
E Gravel
F AR-HBONE
G Solid
(Figure Step 5A and 5B)
Enable layout: Module Layout A2. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport and set the scale to 1:100 (0.01). (Figure Step 6)
Find the areas and of the seven areas. Set the text style to:2D Modules. In Paper space, on layer: Text, insert the text as shown in the figure and include your answers. Set an appropriate text height. (Figure Step 7)
On layer: Titleblock Text, fill in the titleblock using the standard shown in Module 20.
Turn layer: Viewport off. (Figure Step 9)
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
A block is a collection of drawing objects that acts as one object. After defining a block, it can be inserted into the current drawing as many times as required. It can also be inserted into other drawings or shared with other users. Regardless of the number of times a block has been inserted into the drawing, it will not significantly change the size of the drawing’s database. The EXPLODE command can be used to explode a block back into its individual drawing objects.
Every drawing file has an invisible data area called the block definition table. The block definition table stores all block definitions in that drawing and contains all of the data associated with each block. It is these block definitions that the INSERT command refers to when it is used to insert a block into the drawing. The only way to remove a block from the definition table is to purge it using the PURGE command. All inserted blocks must be deleted before the block definition can be purged from the drawing. Purging is taught in Module 34.
The BLOCK command is used to create a block in the definition table. The INSERT command is used to insert a block, from the definition table, into the drawing. A block can be scaled and/or rotated when it is inserted or it can be scaled and/or rotated after it has been inserted by changing the block’s properties or by using the SCALE and ROTATE commands.
There are two methods available to edit an existing block. The first is to insert the block into the drawing, explode it, and make the necessary changes. After the changes are made, redefine the block and assign the original name. When a block is edited and redefined, it will overwrite the block definition in the block definition table and all insertions of that block will change to appear as the revised block. The second method is to use the BEDIT command. BEDIT is taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
Blocks can also have intelligence, called attributes, attached to them. After blocks with assigned attributes are defined and inserted into a drawing, the data attached to them can be extracted.
Attributes and data extraction are taught in the AutoCAD 2D Advanced book.
It is essential to know how blocks and layers work in a drawing. When a block is inserted in a drawing, it will reside on the current layer but it is more important to know what layer the drawing objects, that were used to create the block, were drawn on. See Figure 33-1.
AutoCAD Command: BLOCK
The BLOCK command is used to create a block in the block definition table in the current drawing.
Shortcut: B
AutoCAD Command: INSERT
The INSERT command is used to insert a block into the current drawing from the current drawings block definition table.
Shortcut: none
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 33-1.
On layer: Construction, draw the three horizontal and 3 vertical lines shown in the dimensioned drawing. Start the first line anywhere in model space. (Figure Step 3)
On layer: 0, draw the three polygons as shown in the figure. Draw them anywhere on the drawing. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Enter the BLOCK command. It will open the Block Definition dialogue box. (Figure Step 5)
In the Name box, enter the name: Module 33 Triangle for the name of the block. (Figure Step 6)
Click the Pick point icon to select the Base point for the block. When prompted for the base point, snap to the top corner of the triangle. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
In the Objects area, click the Select objects icon. When prompted to select objects, use a window to select the triangle. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
In the Objects area, enable the Delete button. (Figure Step 9)
In the Settings area, set the Block unit to Inches and in the Description area, enter the description as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 10)
MUST KNOW: A block is a collection of drawing objects that acts as one object. Every drawing file has an invisible data area called the block definition table. The block definition table stores all the block definitions in that drawing. When a block is inserted into the drawing, it will reside on the current layer. A block can be exploded with theEXPLODE command. When a block is exploded, it loses all of its block properties and it is converted back to the original drawing objects and properties that it had when it was created.
Except for the Base point, the Block Definition dialogue box should now match the figure. (Figure Step 11)
Click OK and your drawing should now appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Using what you just learned, create a block from the hexagon and the octagon. For both, use the center of the object as the base point. To do that, you must first draw a construction line so that you can snap to its midpoint when specifying the base point. Ensure that you do not select the construction line as one of the block objects. Name the blocks: Module 33 Hexagon and Module 33 Octagon. (Figure Step 13A and 13B)
Your drawing should now appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Enter the UNITS command. In the Drawing Units dialogue box, set the Insertion scale to Inches. (Figure Step 15)
Set layer: 0 as the current layer. Enter the INSERT command to open the Insert dialogue box. In the Name: box, pull down the list and select the block: Module 33 Triangle. (Figure Step 16)
Set the Insert point, Scale and Rotation boxes as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 17)
Click OK and when prompted for the insertion point, snap to the intersection of the upper left construction lines. (Figure Step 18)
Enter the INSERT command and select the block: Module 33 Triangle. Set the Angle to 45. Insert the block locating the insertion point as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19A and 19B)
Enter the INSERT command and select the block: Module 33 Triangle. Set the Angle to 180, the X Scale to 2 and enable Uniform Scale. Insert the block as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 20A and 20B)
Set layer: Blocks as the current layer. Using what you just learned, insert three: Module 33 Hexagon blocks locating the insert point at the intersections of the construction lines as shown in the figure. The left and center blocks are inserted at scale factor of 1 and the one on the right at a scale factor of 1.5. Set the appropriate angles to match the figure. (Figure Step 21)
Set layer: Object as the current layer. Using what you just learned, insert three: Module 33 Octagon blocks placing the insert point as shown in the figure. The left and center blocks are inserted at a scale factor of 1 and the one on the right at a scale factor of 1.25. Set the appropriate angle to match the figure. (Figure Step 22)
Explode the left block: Module 33 Octagon as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 23)
Turn layer: Construction off. (Figure Step 24)
Insert a block: Module 33 Triangle anywhere in model space. Explode the block and change the objects to layer: Object. On layer: Object, draw lines from each corner to the midpoint of the opposite line. (Figure Step 25).
Using the BLOCK command, create a block of the triangle that you created in Step 25. Assign it the name: Module 33 Triangle. Keep the same base point (top corner of triangle).
When you execute the command, the alert box will open warning you that a block with the same name is already defined in the drawing. Click Yes to accept. Take note how all of the blocks, named: Module 33 Triangle, will now display the new block definition. (Figure Step 26A and 26B)
Save and close the drawing.
USER TIP:The location of the base point that is selected when creating a block is important. Each block is unique and has a best location for its base point. When selecting the location for a base point, imagine what location would be best when the block is inserted into a drawing. Study the blocks below and the base point locations that were selected for each of them.
Key Principles in Module 33
Time allowed: 90 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 | N/A | Feet and /Inches |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-3. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1.
Make the changes to the floor plan as shown in the figure. Note the size changes and some walls were removed. Use the STRETCH command to make all of the size changes. (Figure Step 3)
Draw the 10 objects shown in the figures anywhere in model space. Draw them on layer: 0. Ensure it is assigned the color Black/White. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Create a block from each object. Use the following:
A Name the block as shown under the
B Set the BLOCK command to delete the blocks after
C Set the base point as shown on the
D Give the block a description and set the Block unit to
On layer: Furniture, insert the blocks as shown in the figure. Match the drawing the best that you can by eye. (Figure Step 6)
Enable layout: Module Layout D. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport setting its scale to 1/2″=1′-0″ and lock the display. In Paper space, on layer: Text, label the rooms as shown. Pick your own text size and font. Fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 7)
Turn layer: Viewport off to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 8)
Save and close the drawing.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-2 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
Open the Drafting Setting dialogue box. Set the grid and snap spacing to 0.05 units and any other settings to match the figure. Ensure that you disable the Adaptive grid and the Display grid beyond Limits box. (Figure step 1)
With the grid and snap enabled, draw the five symbols shown below anywhere in model pace. Draw them on layer 0. You will have zoom in close to draw the symbols. (Figure Step 2)
Make a block of each symbol. Name them with the name shown below the drawing. Set the Block units to Inches. Delete the objects when you the block is created.
Set the grid to 0.1 and the snap to 0.05. (Figure Step 4)
On layer: Object, draw the lines and the terminating circles for the schematic diagram. Draw it by eye but do your best to match the figure. Ensure that you snap to grid point for the endpoints of all lines. (Figure Step 5)
On layer: Symbols, insert the blocks and trim the lines. (Figure Step 6)
On layer: Viewport, create viewport setting the scale to 1.25:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 7)
In Paper space, on layer: Text, add the text as shown in the figure. Pick your own font and text height. Fill in the titleblock and turn layer: Viewport off to complete the drawing. (Figure step 8)
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
It is very important for you as the AutoCAD Operator to maintain your drawings and drawing files on a regular basis. It is very easy, while working day-to-day producing drawings, to let things slide and not correct small items in the drawings or the drawing files. If left unchecked, this habit can lead to a large problem in the future, sometimes almost impossible to correct.
Take a few minutes, while working on each drawing, to maintain objects, layers, blocks, xref, names, and the different styles. For the drawing files, create an organized logical folder structure making more folders rather than less and dividing drawing files into smaller organized groups. Create a good naming system for the folders and drawings. Give them descriptive names that can be sorted alphabetically. Remove unwanted files, and keep your .bak files under control by deleted ones that are no longer required.
AutoCAD has several utilities that are helpful to organize and maintain drawings. File Explorer can be used to maintain the drawing files. In this module, the PURGE and RENAME commands are covered to help you in your day-to-day drawing maintenance.
A nested object is a named object referencing another named object. One example of a nested object would be an object in a block located on layer Object but the block is on layer Block. The Object layer would appear not to have any objects on it, but in fact, an object in the block is on that layer and that makes it a nested object. Sometimes it is desirable to nest items to help draw and design more efficiently. An example of this is as follows: A drawing has several components. Draw each component separately and create a block of each. Assemble all the blocks and then make a block of the assembly. The blocks inserted in the assembly block are nested blocks. Nested objects are not necessarily a bad thing, but they can cause problem if they are not used correctly or carelessly inserted.
AutoCAD does not allow a block to be created using a block that references itself. An example of this would be a block created using an object that contains a block with the same name. One the most common errors in block creation is creating a block selecting a block as one of the selected objects. Ensure that all drawing objects are exploded before creating a block using them.
AutoCAD Command: TIME
The TIME command is used to display and track the amount of time that a drawing file is opened in AutoCAD.
Shortcut: none
AutoCAD Command: PURGE
The PURGE command is used to remove block definitions, dimension styles, groups, layers, linetypes, text styles, zero-length geometry, and empty text objects.
Shortcut: PU
AutoCAD Command: RENAME
The RENAME command is used to rename such things as block definitions, dimension styles, layers, linetypes, text styles, UCS’s, viewports, and views.
Shortcut: REN
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 34-1.
Enter the TIME command, as shown below.
Command: TIME
Current time: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 11:49:30:937 AM
Times for this drawing:
Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 11:48:42:453 AM
Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 11:48:42:453 AM
Total editing time: 0 days 00:12:48:672
Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 00:12:48:484
Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:09:13:172
Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]:
Command:
Enter the PURGE command. It will open the Purge dialogue box. (Figure Step 4)
Ensure that the View items you can purge is enabled. (Figure Step 5)
You can only purge items from a drawing if they are NOT being used at the time. For example, an item that CAN be purged is a block that is defined but is not inserted in the drawing or a layer that was created but does not contain any objects. The items that can be purged will display with a + (plus sign) preceding them.
Expand All items and then Blocks by clicking the + (plus sign) preceding each. When you see the – (minus sign), the item is expanded and will display all of the items that can be purged. All of the blocks in the Block Definition table that are NOT inserted in the drawing will display. (Figure Step 6)
Select the item Blocks. Click the Purge All button. When asked to confirm the purging, click Purge all items. (Figure Step 7)
Enable the View items you cannot purge button. The items that you CANNOT purge will display in the Purge dialogue box. (Figure Step 8A and 8B)
Close the dialogue box. Enter the TIME command as shown below.
Command: TIME
Current time: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 2:04:49:703 PM
Times for this drawing:
Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM
Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM
Total editing time: 0 days 15:43:42:157
Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 15:43:42:141
Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:07:33:123
Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]: R
(Reset the timer to zero. This is an elapsed timer which allows you to time a special event while the total time the drawing is active is also being timed.)
Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]: D
(The Display option simply forces the command line to display the time values.)
Current time: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 2:05:08:312 PM
Times for this drawing:
Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM
Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM
Total editing time: 0 days 00:44:00:766
Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 00:00:08:437 Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:07:33:123 Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]:
Command:
On layer: 0, draw the three objects shown in the figure. Draw the circle 1 inch in diameter and the length of each side of the square and the diamond 1 inch. The location where you draw them is not important. (Figure Step 10)
Create three blocks, one from each object, and name them: Circle, Square, and Diamond respectfully. Delete the drawing objects when you create the block for each. After you have created all three blocks, your drawing should appear blank.
Check to ensure that the blocks were created by entering the INSERT command. In the list of names, you should only see the three blocks. (Figure Step 12)
Enter the RENAME command. It will open the Rename dialogue box. Select Blocks in the Named Objects column. The three blocks you created in Step 11 will display in the Items column. (Figure Step 13)
Click the block: Diamond in the Items column. Note how it now appears in the Old Name: box. Enter the new block name: Rotated Square in the Rename To: box. Click the Rename To: button to execute the name change. The renamed block will now appear in the Items box. (Figure Step 14A and 14B)
Using the INSERT command, insert the blocks: Square and Rotated Square. The location where you insert them is not important. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 15)
Enter the PURGE command. In the Purge dialogue box, enable View items you can purge. Expand the item Blocks and the Circle block should display as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Using what you learned earlier in this workalong, purge the block: Circle from the drawing.
Enter the TIME command as shown below. Command: TIME
Currenttime: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 2:30:21:015PM
Times for this drawing:
Created: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM
Last updated: Wednesday, March 01, 2016 1:21:07:562 PM
Total editing time: 0 days 01:09:13:485
Elapsed timer (on): 0 days 00:25:21:156
Next automatic save in: 0 days 00:02:58:672
Command:
Find the record the following answers in your drawing:
A Total editing time in the drawing.
B Time in Elapsed timer.
Save and close the drawing.
There are many types of section views that can be drawn. The full, half, aligned and revolved section, as shown in figures below, are the most common ones.
A full section is the most commonly used cross section. It cuts completely through the object along the cutting plane. See Figure 35-1.
The half section only cuts through half of the object. It is used to section a symmetrical object where both halves are identical. See Figure 35-2.
An aligned section is used to align spokes along the cutting plane on a symmetrical object. Take note how the spokes are not on the cutting plane but are aligned in the section view. See Figure 35-3.
A revolved section is a simple way to show the shape of an object i.e. A spoke. Revolve the section on the object as shown in Figure 35-4.
Key Principles in Module 34
Time allowed: 60 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-1 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layers: Object and Hidden, draw the Front and Right Side view as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
On layers: Object and Hatch, draw a full section and a half section. Use hatching pattern: ANSI32. Select an appropriate scale to match the figure the best that you can. (Figure Step 2A and 2B)
To help you visualize the object that you are drawing. (Figure Step 1A and 1B)
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-2 | N/A | Feet/Inches |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-2.
Reset the elapsed timer to zero.
Delete all existing blocks named: File Cabinet that are on the drawing. (Figure Step 4)
Purge the block: File Cabinet from your drawing.
Rename the following blocks:
A From: Desk to 48X28 Desk
B From: Conference Table to 10 Ft. Diameter Table
On layer: 0, draw the plant shown in the figure. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Redefine the block in the drawing named: Plant with the plant you drew in Step 7. All existing plant blocks should change to the new plant block. (Figure Step 8)
Using the elapsed timer, record the amount of time you took to do this lab exercise.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
An external reference file is a drawing file linked to the current drawing. It acts as one object similar to a block and appears to be part of the current drawing. Usually called a reference file or a xref, it is quite different from a block. A reference file updates itself whenever the drawing it is linked to is opened. It can also be updated manually by the CAD operator. If the drawing that is attached as an xref is changed, the changes will appear when the drawing it is attached to is opened or reloaded. Since it is only linked to the drawing, it does not add a significant amount of data to the drawing’s database.
The XREF command is used to manage the reference files that are linked to the current drawing. You can attach more than one reference file at the same time. All objects in the reference file must be in Model space. Reference files can be scaled or rotated when they are attached with the XREF command or after they are attached with the SCALE and/or ROTATE commands. You can snap to the object snap modes of objects in the reference files. A reference file can be edited in the current drawing with the changes going back to the original drawing file. This is done with the REFEDIT command.
Xref dependent named objects are the layers, linetypes, dimension styles, blocks, and text styles of the reference file. They are added to the drawing they are attached to as non-graphical object information. The names are changed so that no two names are the same. Table 35-1 shows how the non-graphical names are dealt with by AutoCAD.
This table demonstrates how AutoCAD names the xref dependent named objects for layers, linetypes, dimension styles, blocks, and text styles. In this table, the name of the attached xref file drawing is House Plan and a layer in that drawing is First Floor and a block named Coffee Table. For a reference file, the name of the non-graphical object is changed to the name ‘ drawing name|object ‘. If it is bound to the drawing, it is renamed ‘ name$n$objectname ‘. The ‘ n ‘ starts with zero and increases by one if the same name is encountered.
A reference file can be bound to the current drawing it is attached to with the XREF command. When a reference drawing is bound to the drawing, the XREF command converts it into a block. The xref dependent named objects are renamed according to Table 35-1. A block can be exploded to convert the objects into single objects and they become part of the drawing. When a reference file is bound, it can either be bound or inserted. Inserting a reference file converts it into a block but it strips the named non-graphical objects back to their original names. See Table 35-1
AutoCAD Command: XREF
The XREF command is used to manage reference files in the current drawing.
Shortcut: XREF or XR
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-3.
Open the Units dialogue box and set the Insertion scale to millimeters.
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing four times to create four identical drawings with the following names:
AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A
AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1B
AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C
AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D
Close drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-3.
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A. (Figure Step 5)
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Turn layer: Lot Lines off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects on the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Turn layer: Lot Lines on. Your drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 8)
Purge all layers and blocks that can be purged from the drawing.
Save and close the drawing.
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1B.
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Turn layer: Object off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects on the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Turn layer: Object on. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Purge all layers and blocks that can be purged from the drawing.
Save and close the drawing.
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C.
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Turn layer: Boundary off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects on the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Turn layer: Boundary on. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 20)
Purge all layers and blocks that can be purged from the drawing.
Save and close the drawing.
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D.
Ensure that all layers are on and thawed.
Turn layer: Lot Hatch off. Enter the ZOOM Extents command. Erase all visible objects in the drawing. The drawing should appear blank.
Turn layer: Lot Hatch on. The drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 26)
Save and close the drawing.
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout Metric.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1.
Open the Units dialogue box and set the Insertion scale to millimeters.
Enter the XREF command to open the External References window. (Figure Step 31)
Click the Attach DWG icon. (Figure Step 32)
In the Select Reference File dialogue box, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A.dwg. (Figure Step 33)
In the Attach External Reference dialogue box, set your dialogue box to match the figure. (Figure Step 34)
In the External References window, you should see the drawing you just attached and the drawing you currently have open. (Figure Step 35)
Enter the ZOOM Extents command. (Figure Step 36)
Using what you just learned, attach the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1B as a reference file. (Figure Step 37)
Attach the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C as a reference file. (Figure Step 38)
Attach the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D as a reference file. (Figure Step 39)
The External Reference window should match the figure. (Figure Step 40)
In the External Reference window, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1C. Right click the mouse. In the Right-click menu, click Detach. (Figure Step 41A and 41B)
Open the Layer Properties Manager window. Take note of the layer names of the layers of the attached referenced files. (Figure Step 42)
In the External Reference window, select the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1A. Right click the mouse. In the Right-click menu, click Bind. (Figure Step 43)
In the Bind Xrefs dialogue box, enable Bind and click OK. (Figure Step 44)
The External Reference window should match the figure. (Figure Step 45)
Your drawing should as shown in the figure. (Figure step 46)
In Layer Properties Manager window, turn off layer: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 35-1D|Lot Hatch. (Figure Step 47)
Your completed drawing should match the figure. (Figure step 48)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 35
Time allowed: 50 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 35-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
On layer: Object, draw the Polygon Multi-Tool shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, and 1C)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Time allowed: 50 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 35-2 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
On layer: Object, draw the Double Hexagon Wrench shown in the figure. (Figure Step 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D)
Set the insertion units and check your drawing with the key. Turn layer: Key off and freeze layer: Construction.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 36-1 | N/A | Feet and Inches |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 29-3. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 36-1.
Draw the three doors, shown in the figure, anywhere in Model space. Draw them on layer: 0. Ensure that the color assigned to layer: 0 is black/white. (Figure Step 3A and 3B)
Create a block from each of the three doors that you drew in Step 3. Use the following:
A Name each block as shown below the drawing.
B Set the BLOCK command to delete the objects after creation.
C Set the base point of the blocks as shown on the drawing.
D Give each block a description and set the Block units to Inches.
On layer Doors, insert the door blocks to match the door opening size. (Figure Step 5)
On layer Hatch, insert the pattern: Net in the areas shown in the figure. Set the scale to match the hatch to the figure the best you can by eye. (Figure Step 6)
On layer: Boundary, draw a closed pline, at a width of 1″, around the 4 rooms and the hallway. Ensure that you snap to the corners of the walls. Find the area of each closed pline in Sq Ft to two decimal places of precision. Record the results. (Figure Step 7)
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport at a scale of 3/8″=1′-0″ and lock the display. In Paper space, on layer: Text, add the room name and square footage that you found in Step 7. Using the standards in Module 20, fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 8)
Turn layers: Viewport and Boundary off to complete the drawing. (Figure Step 9)
Change the current space to Model. You drawing should match the figure. (Figure Step 10)
Saved and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Dimensioning is the process of adding size descriptions to objects in the drawing. After the dimensioned are inserted, the layout can be plotted and used for construction or reference. Up to this point in the book, only shape description have been defined to the object by describing its size and location. Since AutoCAD knows the exact size of the objects in the drawing, you only have to enter the type and location of the dimension you want to insert and AutoCAD will do the rest.
Since there is a lot to learn, dimensioning is a complex but not a difficult subject. Therefore, in the AutoCAD 2D book, only learning to control the appearance, inserting, and editing the basic dimension types is taught. When you complete the AutoCAD 2D book, you will be able to completely dimension a drawing for most applications.
An associative dimension is intelligent, similar to an associative hatch pattern. They are tied to the object they are dimensioning. An exploded dimension is simply a collection of AutoCAD drawing objects indicating a measurement on the object. It has no relation to the object it is dimensioning. An associative dimension and exploded dimension do not appear any different on the drawing and you cannot tell them apart by looking at them. The differences between them are as follows:
Definition points are points that are automatically inserted on the drawing when an associative dimension is inserted. One definition point is inserted for each end of an extension line or on opposite sides of a circle or an arc. The points are automatically placed on layer Defpoints. If the Defpoints layer does not exist in the drawing, it will be created automatically when the first associative dimension is inserted on that drawing. The Defpoints layer cannot be deleted or purged.
These inserted points are the intelligent part of the associative dimension. It is these points that cause the dimension to automatically update since they are moved in the object editing commands and the dimension follows them. In an associative dimension, the points are attached to the object. Therefore, almost all editing commands move the points with the object.
The definition points will not plot and are not affected by the point type and size appearance. If you explode an associative dimension, the points attached to it will automatically be erased.
A dimensioning style is similar to a text style. A dimensioning style controls the way dimensions appear on your drawing. There are many different settings in a dimensioning style so it will take you a lot of practice to get used to setting them.
New styles can be created or existing dimensioning styles edited with the DIMSTYLE command. AutoCAD uses the current dimensioning style properties when inserting dimensions with any dimensioning command. By modifying a dimension style, you can update all existing associative dimensions on the drawing inserted with that style.
The Standard dimensioning style exists in every drawing and cannot be deleted. Even though the Standard style can be used, it is not a good practice to use it. Create and name your own styles.
USER TIP: Use the Styles toolbar or the Home ribbon to pull down a list and select a name to change the current dimensioning style for the current drawing. When the list is not currently being pulled down, it displays the current dimension style.
Figure 37-1 shows the 11 basic dimensioning terms that you should know when setting dimensioning styles.
AutoCAD Command: DIMASSOC
The DIMASSOC system variable is used to enable either associative, non-associative, or exploded dimensions being inserted by dimensioning commands.
Command: DIMASSOC
Enter new value for DIMASSOC <2>: 0
Command:
0 – Dimensions will be inserted as exploded dimensions.
1 – Dimensions will be inserted as non-associative dimensions.
2 – Dimensions will be inserted as associative dimensions.
AutoCAD Command: DIMSTYLE
The DIMSTYLE command is used to create or modify dimensioning styles.
Shortcut: DDIM
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1.
Enter the DIMSTYLE command. It will open the Dimension Style Manager dialogue box. (Figure Step 3)
Notice the graphic in the Preview of: window. It displays a pictorial view of how the dimensions, using current dimensioning style, would appear on a drawing. As changes are made to the current dimensioning style, the preview window will change to reflect those changes. (Figure Step 4)
Click the New button. It will open the Create New Dimension Style dialogue box. In the New Style Name: box, enter the name: Module 37 and then click the Continue button. (Figure Step 5)
In the Dimension Style dialogue box, enable the Lines tab. (Figure Step 6)
In the Extension lines area, change the Extend beyond dim lines: box to 0.1750 and the Offset from origin: box to 0.075. Figure Step 7B shows which dimension style variables you are setting. (Figure Step 7A and 7B)
Enable the Symbols and Arrows tab. (Figure Step 8)
In the Arrowheads area, set the Arrow size: to 0.1750. (Figure Step 9A and 9B)
In the Center marks area, enable Line and set it to 0.1000 as shown in Figure Step 9A. (Figure Step 10)
Enable the Text tab. (Figure Step 11)
In the Text appearance area and Text style box, select the … box. (Figure Step 12)
Step 12 will open the Text Style dialogue box. This is the same dialogue box that you open when you use the STYLE command. Using what you already learned, set the current text style to: 2D Text English with the font: romans.shx. (Figure Step 13)
In the Text appearance area, pull down the list of available text styles in the Text style box and select style: 2D Text English. Set the text height to 0.1500 in the Text height box. (Figure Step 14A and 14B)
In the Text placement area, set the Offset from dim line to 0.1000. (Figure Step 15A and 15B)
Enable the Fit tab. Ensure that the settings in your dialogue box match the figures. Ensure that the Use of Overall scale of is set to 1.00000. (Figure Step 16A and 16B)
Enable the Primary Units tab. (Figure Step 17)
In the Linear dimensions area, set the Precision to two decimal places. (Figure Step 18)
In the Angular dimensions area, set the Units format to Degrees Minutes Seconds and set the Precision to 0d00’00”. (Figure Step 19)
Click OK and you will return to the Dimension Style Manager dialogue box. Click Close. (Figure Step 20)
Save and close the drawing.
In multiview drawings, the center line is used to indicate the location of the axis of symmetry. Placing center lines on all objects that have a symmetrical shape will help the reader and save the you from inserting a lot of dimensions as you will see in future modules. Below are some examples of typical applications of the use of center lines in a multiview drawing.
A ‘ C ‘ with an ‘ L ‘ through it is the symbol for a center line. Center lines are drawn as repeating long and short lines. See Figure37-2.
Figure 37-3 shows a center line indicating the center of the circle with two short lines called a center mark intersecting at the center. Note in the right sideview, the center line follows the length of the cylinder.
When the symmetry ends, so does the center line.
Note how the center line ends on the left side of the arc. See Figure 37-4
Figure 37-5 shows the center lines along with the hidden lines that indicate a hole going through the object. The center line on the top and bottom circles stops at the circle.
In Figure 37-6, note how center lines are drawn for an array of circles.
AutoCAD Command: DIMCENTER
The DIMCENTER command is used to insert center lines or center marks on circles or arcs.
Shortcut: none
AutoCAD Command: BREAK
The BREAK command is used to break an object into two objects.
Shortcut: BR
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 15-2. With the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 15-2 as the current drawing, using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, use a window and select all drawing objects.
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2)
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-2.
Enable layout: Module Layout A. Change the current space to Paper. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 0.75:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 4)
Using the DDIM command, open the Dimension Style Manager dialogue box. Set the current dimensioning style: Module 37. (Figure Step 5)
On layer: Construction, draw a construction circle using the center of the small circle as the center and select the radius by eye. Make it a short distance outside of the arc. (Figure Step 6)
Set layer: Center Lines as the current layer.
Enter the DIMCENTER command. When prompted, select the circle. It will insert center lines in the circle. (Figure Step 8)
Draw two lines from the center of the small circle to the center of the small arcs as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 9)
Using the EXTEND command, extend the lines to the large construction circle. (Figure Step 10)
Turn layer: Construction off. Draw a circle on layer: Center Lines with the center at the center of the small circle and the radius as the center of the arc. Ensure that you use snap mode to snap to the exact centers of the circle and the arc. (Figure Step 11)
Ensure that object snap is disabled and enter the BREAK command as shown below. Make sure that you select location P1 first and then P2. Since arcs are constructed counterclockwise, you also have to break them counterclockwise. (Figures Step 12A and 12B)
Command: BREAK
select object: P1
Specify second break point or [First point]: P2
(The locations P1 and P2 can be selected by eye. This is a center line so the exact length is not that important. Try to match the figure as best you can.)
Command:
Using the BREAK command, break the end off of the center line. Select the location P3 for the first point and for the second point, select anywhere past the end of the line. This will remove everything to the end of the line from point P3. (Figure Step 13)
Using the BREAK command, break the end off of the other center line. (Figure Step 14)
Zoom in on the small arc and break a small part of the line as shown in the figure. Do that 7 more times to draw the center lines for the arcs. It is best to zoom in close and break the lines by eye. The more you practice this, the better you will get doing it. (Figure Step 15A, 15B, and 15C)
Using what you learned in this workalong, draw the center line for the slot at the top. The center line runs from the center of the circle perpendicular to the line, then extend it. You will have to add a construction line to extend to. (Figure Step 16)
The layout should appear as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 17)
Change the current space to Model. Your drawing should appear as shown in the figure. Since the center lines are in Paper space, the should not display. (Figure Step 18)
Change the current space back to Paper space. (Figure Step 19)
Save and close the drawing.
MUST KNOW: The Scale for Dimension Features area, located on the Fit tab, allows you to select the scale factor you want applied to the dimensioning features when a dimension is inserted. This can be a very useful item and will save you time. For example, if you set a dimension style for drawing units in inches and you want the samefeature sizes for a millimeter drawing, set the Use of overall scale of 25 since there are 25.4 mm in an inch. Experiment with this number until you like the look of your dimensions. This number does not effect the actual dimensions, only the dimension features.
Key Principles in Module 37
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
Start a new drawing with the template shown above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1. Set drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 13-1 as the current drawing. Using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, select all of the objects in the drawing.
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2)
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.5:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Save and close the drawing.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2 | 2D Layout Metric | Millimeters |
Start a new drawing with the template shown above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2. Set drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 12-2 as the current drawing. Using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, select all of the objects in the drawing.
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2)
Enable layout: Module Layout A3. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.2:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines as shown in the figure. Figure Step 4A and 4B)
Save and close the drawing.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3 | 2D Layout English | Inches |
Start a new drawing with the template shown above. Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3. At the same time, open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1. Set drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 15-1 as the current drawing. Using the COPYBASE command and the base point of the 0,0, select all of the objects in the drawing.
Change the current drawing to: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3. Enter the PASTECLIP command and paste the objects using the insert point of 0,0. (Figure Step 2)
Enable layout: Module Layout C. On layer: Viewport, create a viewport. Set the scale of the viewport to 1.25:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines as shown in the figure.
Save and close the drawing.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Figure 38-1 shows the six basic dimension types that will be taught in this module. They are the linear, aligned, angular, diameter, radius, and leader dimensions.
In this module, inserting and editing linear, aligned, angular, radius, diameter, and leader dimensions will be taught. When a dimension is inserted, it resides on the current layer and assumes the color of that layer.
USER TIP: The current dimensioning style will appear in the Dimensioning toolbar, the Styles toolbar, and Home ribbon. A quick way to check or change the current dimensioning style is with one of these drop-down menus. Try to get into the habit of using the Dimensioning toolbar or the Home ribbon to insert dimensions. It will speed your drawing productivity.
MUST KNOW: Before dimensioning a drawing, it is important to check the following settings:
AutoCAD Command: DIMLINEAR
The DIMLINEAR command is used to insert a linear dimension. A linear dimension is a dimension that is either horizontal or vertical.
Shortcut: DIMLIN
AutoCAD Command: DIMALIGNED
The DIMALIGNED command is used to insert an aligned dimension.
Shortcut: DIMALI
AutoCAD Command: DIMANGULAR
The DIMANGULAR command is used to insert an angular dimension.
Shortcut: DIMANG
AutoCAD Command: DIMDIAMETER
The DIMDIAMETER command is used to insert a diameter dimension.
Shortcut: DIMDIA
AutoCAD Command: DIMRADIUS
The DIMRADIUS command is used to insert a radius dimension.
Shortcut: DIMRAD
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 37-1. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 38-1.
Enter the DIMASSOC system variable, as shown below, and ensure that it is set to 2. This will enable associative dimensions.
Command: DIMASSOC
Enter new value for DIMASSOC <1>: 2
Command:
Enable the display of the Dimension toolbar. Set the current dimensioning style to: Module 37. (Figure Step 4)
Set layer: Dimensions as the current layer and set Paper space as the current space.
Delete the center lines for the circle. (Figure Step 6)
Turn layer: Center Lines off.
Enter the DIMLIN command, as shown below, to insert a linear dimension. (Figure Step 8)
Command: DIMLIN
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>: (end) P1
Specify second extension line origin: (end) P2
(Ensure to snap to the ends of the lines.)
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle/Horizontal/Vertical/Rotated]: P3
(You can place the location of P3 by eye. Try to match the figure the best you can.)
Dimension text = 4.50
Command:
Using what you just learned, add the linear dimensions to match the figure. (Figure Step 9)
Enter the DIMALI command, as shown below, to insert an aligned dimension. (Figure Step 10)
Command: DIMALI
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>: (end) P4
Specify second extension line origin: (end) P5
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P6
Dimension text = 4.66
Command:
Using what you just learned, add the aligned dimensions to match the figure. (Figure Step 11).
Enter the DIMDIA command, as shown below, to insert a diameter dimension as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 12)
Command: DIMDIA
Select arc or circle: P7
Dimension text = 1.00
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P8
Command:
Enter the DIMRAD command, as shown below, to insert a radius dimension. (Figure Step 13)
Command: DIMRAD Select arc or circle: P9
Dimension text = 2.56
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P10
Command:
Using what you just learned, add a second radius dimension to match the figure. (Figure Step 14)
Enter the DIMANG command, as shown below, to insert an angular dimension. (Figure Step 15)
Command: DIMANG
Select arc, circle, line, or <specify vertex>: P11
Select second line: P12
Specify dimension arc line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]: P13
Dimension text = 75d0’0″
Command:
Your drawing should be similar to the figure. (Figure Step 16)
Open the Properties window. Select the two radius dimensions shown in the figure. Set the Center mark property to None. (Figure Step 17)
Select the two linear dimensions shown in the figure. Set the Ext line offset property to 0.1800. (Figure Step 18)
Select the aligned dimension shown in the figure. Set the Text override property to < > REF. (Figure Step 19)
Select the aligned dimension shown in the figure. Change the property Ext Line 2 to Off. This will turn off the display of one of the extension lines since it is on object line. Depending on the order that you used when inserting the dimension, you may have to set Ext Line 1 instead. (Figure Step 20)
Turn layer: Center Lines on. Your drawing should match the figures. (Figure Step 21)
Using what you learned earlier, insert the angular dimension as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 22)
Your drawing should closely match the figure. (Figure Step 23A and 23B)
Turn layer: Viewport off. Fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 24)
Save and close the drawing.
AutoCAD Command: QLEADER
The QLEADER command is used to a leader dimension.
Shortcut: none
USER TIP: The snap mode nearest can be used for many purposes while drawing in AutoCAD. To snap to an object, but not any particular location on that object, use the nearest snap mode. It is best to manually type the near snap mode, when required, rather then including it in the Autosnap settings. i.e.
Command: LINE
Specify first point: near to
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 38-1. (Figure Step 1)
Enter the QLEADER command, as shown below, and enter the Settings option. It will open the Leader Settings dialogue box. Enable the Annotation tab. Ensure that the dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 2)
Command: QLEADER
Specify first leader point, or [Settings]: S
Command:
Enable the Leader Line and Arrow tab. Ensure that your dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 3)
Enable the Attachment tab. Ensure that your dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 4)
Enter the QLEADER command, as shown below, to insert the leader. (Figure Step 5)
Command: QLEADER
Specify first leader point, or [Settings] <Settings>: (near) P13
(Use the Near osnap mode)
Specify next point: P14
Specify next point: <Ortho on> P15
(I enabled Ortho mode to ensure the line is horizontal.)
Specify text width <0.0000>:
Enter first line of annotation text <Mtext>: MATCHING
Enter next line of annotation text <Mtext>: EDGE
Enter next line of annotation text:
Command:
Using what you just learned, add the leader START X5.5Y4.5 as shown in the figure. Your completed drawing shown now appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 38
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-1 | N/A | Inches |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-1. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-1.
Set the current dimension style to: 2D English.
Ensure that associate dimensioning is enabled by checking the setting of the DIMASSOC system variable.
In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown in the figure. Match the figure the best you can. (Figure step 4A and 4B)
Turn layer: Viewport off.
Using the standards in Module 20, complete the titleblock.
Time allowed: 30 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-2 | N/A | Millimeters |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-2. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-2.
Set the current dimension style to: 2D Metric.
Ensure that associate dimensioning is enabled by checking the setting of the DIMASSOC system variable.
In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown in the figure. Match the figure the best you can. Figure step 4A and 4B)
Turn layer: Viewport off.
Using the standards in Module 20, complete the titleblock.
Time allowed: 40 minutes.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-3 | N/A | Inches |
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 37-3. Using the SAVEAS command, save and name it: AutoCAD 2D Lab 38-3.
Set the current dimension style to: 2D English.
Ensure that associate dimensioning is enabled by checking the setting of DIMASSOC.
In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown in the figure. Match the figure the best you can. (Figure step 4A and 4B)
Turn layer: Viewport off.
Using the standards in Module 20, complete the titleblock.
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
DesignCenter, Figure 39-1, organizes access to drawings, blocks, layers, and other drawing content. From DesignCenter, you can insert, copy, or drag and drop objects from open drawings, filed drawings, a network, or even the internet into your current drawing. Drag and drop is the process of dragging an object, such as a block, from one drawing and dropping it into another.
Another important feature of DesignCenter is being able to copy and paste or drag and drop layer definitions, dimensioning styles, linetypes, layouts, text styles, and xrefs between drawings. A important feature of DesignCenter is that the drawings being copying from do not have to be open at the time, however, the drawing that the items are pasted into, must be open and the current drawing. DesignCenter can also be used to open drawing files.
AutoCAD Command: ADCENTER
The ADCENTER command is used to open the DesignCenter window.
Shortcut: ADC or CTRL+2
Start a new drawing using the template: 2D Layout English.
Save and name the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1. You now have two drawings open at the same time. To confirm that, click the Windows pull-down. (Figure Step 3)
Set the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 as the current drawing. (Figure Step 4)
Enter the PURGE command. In the Purge dialogue box, purge all blocks that can be purged in the current drawing.
Enter the ADCENTER command. It will open the DesignCenter window. (Figure Step 6)
Enable the Open Drawings tab. It will display the two drawings that are currently open in your AutoCAD session. (Figure Step 7)
Click the + sign beside the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1.dwg to expand it as shown in the figure. It will now display the – sign preceding it to display the items in the drawing. (Figure Step 8)
Select the item Blocks to highlight it. Along the right side of the window the icons of the blocks that are currently defined in the drawing’s block definition table will display. (Figure Step 9)
Expand the window as shown in the figure. Click the Views icon and in the Pull-down list, enable Large Icons. (Figure Step 10)
Disable the Description icon and enable the Preview icon. (Figure Step 11A and 11B)
Resize the window as shown in the figure. Click the Chair icon and it will display a preview of the Chair block in the lower right corner of the window. (Figure Step 12)
Set the drawing AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1 as the current drawing.
Right click the Chair icon. In the Right-click menu, click Insert Block. When the Insert dialogue box opens, set it as shown in the figure. Click the OK button. (Figure Step 14A and 14B)
Using the crosshairs, select any location on the drawing and press the pick button. (Figure Step 15)
Use the drag and drop method of copying a block from one drawing to another. In DesignCenter, click the Desk icon and while holding down the left mouse button, drag the icon into the current drawing and release the button.
Using the methods you just learned, copy the eight additional blocks into your drawing. Copy four with each method. Your drawing should appear similar to the figure. (Figure Step 17)
Enable the Folders tab and then find the Lab Exercises folder as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 18)
In the folder, locate the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-2.dwg. Expand the drawing and expand Blocks as shown in the figure. (Figure Step 19)
Using the Insert block method, insert all of the blocks from the drawing:
AutoCAD 2D Lab 30-2.dwg into the current drawing. Insert them anywhere in the Model space at a scale of 100. (Figure Step 20A and 20B)
Delete all blocks in the drawing but do not purge them. They are still in the block definition table. Your drawing should appear blank.
Enable the Open Drawings tab and expand the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1. Right-click the View icon and in the right-click menu, select List. (Figure Step 22)
Set the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 33-1 as the current drawing.
Enter the PURGE command. In the Purge dialogue box, purge all layers that can be purged from the drawing.
In the Open Drawings tab, expand the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 39-1 and the item Layers. (Figure Step 25)
Select all layers and using the drag and drop method drag method, drag them into the current drawing. (Figure Step 26)
Save and close the drawing.
Key Principles in Module 39
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
Industry standards have assigned a type, weight, and width to each drawing object on a plotted drawing. This makes the plotted drawings much easier to read and understand. It is important to follow those standards when printing a layout. The AutoCAD 2D book Lineweights chart, Figure 40-1, shows the basic linetypes and their assigned lineweight in both inches and millimeters.
Assigning and displaying lineweight is not important when creating and editing a drawing, but are very important when the layout of that drawing is printed. Lineweights are normally assigned by a company’s standard. The AutoCAD 2D book Lineweight Chart is shown in Figure 40-1. The two methods of assigning lineweight are by object or by color.
One method of assigning lineweights is to assign a lineweight to each drawing object. When the layout is plotted, the plotter simply prints the drawing object with its assigned lineweight. When lineweights are assigned using this method, the lineweight can be displayed in both the Graphics window and the paper print. The lineweights can be assigned to each drawing object individually or ByLayer. ByLayer is much easier and is the method practiced in most companies including the AutoCAD 2D book.
Assigning the lineweight by color is the most popular method used in the CAD world. Using a company standard chart, as shown in Figure 40-1, lineweights are assigned to each color. When the layout is plotted, the plotter looks at the color of each drawing object and prints it with the lineweight assigned to that color. When lineweights are assigned using this method, the lineweight cannot be displayed in the Graphic window. They only appear on the paper print. The color can be assigned ByObject or ByLayer. ByLayer is used by most companies and used in throughout the AutoCAD 2D book.
Open the drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 32-1.
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Workalong 40-1. (Figure Step 2)
Enable layout: Module Layout B. Create a viewport on layer: Viewport. Set the scale to 1.5:1 and lock the display. (Figure Step 3)
In Paper space, on layer: Center Lines, draw the center lines on the views.
Set the current dimensioning style to: 2D English. In Paper space, on layer: Dimensions, insert the dimensions shown on the figure. (Figure step 5A and 5B)
Enter the LINEWEIGHT command to open the Lineweight Settings dialogue box. Ensure that your dialogue box matches the settings in the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Open the Layer Properties Manager window. Select layer: Center Lines to highlight it. Click Default in the Lineweight column to open the Lineweight dialogue box. Select 0.30 mm. (Figure Step 7A, 7B, and 7C)
Using what you just learned, change the lineweight of the layers: Dimensions, Hidden, and Object to the lineweights shown in the figure. (Figure Step 8)
To enable the display of lineweights, enable the LWT icon on the Status bar. (Figure Step 9)
Enable layout: Module Layout B and move the cursor onto the tab for that layout. Right click the mouse. In the Right-click menu, select Page Setup Manager. (Figure Step 10)
In the Page Setup Manager dialogue box, select: Module Layout B and then click Modify. (Figure Step 11)
In the Pager Setup – Module Layout B dialogue box, pull down the Plot style table list and click New. (Figure Step 12)
In the Add Color Dependent Plot Style Table dialogue box, enable Start from scratch and click Next. (Figure Step 13)
Enter the name: Module 40 and click Next. (Figure Step 14)
Click the Plot Style Table Editor box. (Figure Step 15)
In the Plot styles list, select Color 1 (Red) and then pull down the Lineweight list, select 0.5000 mm. (Figure Step 16)
Using the chart shown in Figure 40-2, set the six remaining colors.
Click Save & Close. (Figure Step 18)
Click OK to close the box.
Save and close the drawing.
:MUST KNOW: When setting the custom scale property of a viewport, it is important that the length units precision is set to 8 decimal places first using the UNITS command. For example, to set the custom scale of 1:1500, divide 1 by 1500 =0.00066666. To see what could happen if the wrong precision setting is used see below
MUST KNOW: Before plotting any layout, the user must choose between plotting it with object lineweights or with a plot style color table. This can be set in the Plot options area in the Page Setup dialogue box. When setting plot by plot style, ensure that the plot style table is set to the desired table.
When setting the scale for a viewport and the required scale not listed in the Standard scale property list, you must calculate a custom scale. The custom scale is simple to calculate. It is the scale factor or a ratio of the scale related to 1.
For example, to calculate the scale of:
1/4″ -= 1′-0″
1/4″=1′-0″ or 1/4″=12″ or 1=48 or 1:48
To get the scale factor in decimal format, divide: 1 by 48 = 0.0208
The custom scale would be set at 0.0208
Here are some additional examples:
3/4″ = 1′-0″ or 3/4″=12″ or 48 divided by 3 = 1:16 = 0.0625
3/4″=1″ | 1 divided by 0.75 | = 1.33333333 |
1:1.5 | 1 divided by 0.75 | = 0.6666666 |
1:5 | 1 divided by 5 | = 0.2000000 |
1:75 | 1 divided by 75 | = 0.013333333 |
1:500 | 1 divided by 500 | = 0.00200000 |
1:1500 | 1 divided by 1500 | = 0.00066666 |
15:1 | 15 divided by 1 | = 15 |
Key Principles in Module 40
Learning Outcomes
When you have completed this module, you will be able to:
The AutoCAD 2D book was written with competency based modules. What that means is that you have not completed each module until you have mastered it. The Competency Test module contains multiple choice questions and a comprehensive lab exercise to test your mastery of the set of modules that you completed. There are no answers or keys supplied in a Competency Test module since it is meant to be checked by your instructor. If there are any parts of this module that you have trouble completing, you should go back and reread the module or modules containing the information that you are having trouble with. If necessary, redo as many lab exercises required until you fully understand the material.
If you are Completing this book:
Select the BEST answer.
Drawing Name | Template | Units |
---|---|---|
AutoCAD 2D Lab 41-1 | N/A | Millimeters |
Open drawing: AutoCAD 2D Lab 34-1. (Figure Step 1)
Using the SAVEAS command, save the drawing with the name: AutoCAD 2D Lab 41-1.
In the layout: Module Layout A3, on layer: Viewport, create two viewports as shown in the figure. Set the scale as follows and lock their display. (Figure Step 3)
Left Viewport Scale: 1:1.5
Right Viewport Scale: 2.5:1
Using Figure Step 4:
Turn Layer: Viewport off and fill in the titleblock. (Figure Step 5)
Change to Model space. Your figure should match the figure. (Figure Step 6)
Save and close the drawing.
AutoCAD 2D Module Index
2D polyline………………………………….. Module 29
Abort………………………………………….. Module 2
Absolute Cartesian Coordinat………….. Module 4
ADCENTER…………………………………… Module 39
Aligned Section…………………………….. Module 34
Angles………………………………………… Module 10
Arc…………………………………………….. Module 7
ARC……………………………………………. Module 7
AREA………………………………………….. Module 30
ARRAY………………………………………… Module 23
associative dimension……………………. Module 37
associative hatch…………………………… Module 32
AutoSnap……………………………………. Module 8
BAK……………………………………………. Module 2
block definition table…………………….. Module 33
Block and Layers…………………………… Module 33
BLOCK………………………………………… Module 33
Blocks…………………………………………. Module 33
BOUNDARY………………………………….. Module 29
BREAK………………………………………… Module 37
byLayer………………………………………. Module 5
Cartesian Coordinate System…………… Module 4
CELTSCALE…………………………………… Module 13
checking your drawing…………………… Module 3
circle………………………………………….. Module 7
CIRCLE………………………………………… Module 7
CLOSE…………………………………………. Module 2
closed polyline……………………………… Module 29
color…………………………………………… Module 5
command line window…………………… Module 1
commands………………………………….. Module 2
construction objects………………………. Module 8
Control Codes………………………………. Module 25
controlling the drawing………………….. Module 9
@………………………………………………. Module 4
COPY………………………………………….. Module 20
COPYBASE…………………………………… Module 20
COPYCLIP…………………………………….. Module 20
Cross window………………………………. Module 13
Cross Polygon………………………………. Module 23
Crosshairs…………………………………… Module 1
Crosshatching………………………………. Module 32
CTRL+C……………………………………….. Module 20
CTRL+SHIFT+C………………………………. Module 20
CTRL+V……………………………………….. Module 20
current layer………………………………… Module 5
DDEDIT……………………………………….. Module 19
DDIM…………………………………………. Module 37
Defaults………………………………………. Module 2
Definition points…………………………… Module 37
Defpoints layer…………………………….. Module 37
Degrees Minutes and Seconds…………. Module 30
DesignCenter……………………………….. Module 39
DIMALIGNED……………………………….. Module 38
DIMANGULAR………………………………. Module 38
DIMASO……………………………………… Module 37
DIMASSOC…………………………………… Module 37
DIMCEN………………………………………. Module 37
DIMCENTER…………………………………. Module 37
DIMDIAMETER……………………………… Module 38
DIMEDIT……………………………………… Module 38
dimensioning style………………………… Module 37
Dimensioning………………………………. Module 37
DIMLINEAR………………………………….. Module 38
DIMRADIUS…………………………………. Module 38
DIMSTYLE……………………………………. Module 37
DIMTEDIT……………………………………. Module 38
DIST…………………………………………… Module 17
DIVIDE………………………………………… Module 17
Docked……………………………………….. Module 1
Donuts……………………………………….. Module 29
Drafting Settings dialogue box…………. Module 17
drawing file extension names………….. Module 2
drawing extents……………………………. Module 9
drawing limits………………………………. Module 9
drawing template………………………….. Module 2
drawing………………………………………. Module 2
DTEXT…………………………………………. Module 19
DWG………………………………………….. Module 2 & 9
DWT…………………………………………… Module 2
ELLIPSE……………………………………….. Module 30
Endpoint…………………………………….. Module 8
ERASE…………………………………………. Module 4
erasing objects……………………………… Module 4
ESC…………………………………………….. Module 2
executing a command……………………. Module 2
EXPLODE……………………………………… Module 29
exploded dimensions…………………….. Module 37
EXTEND………………………………………. Module 14
Extents……………………………………….. Module 9
external reference file……………………. Module 35
F………………………………………………… Module 21
F………………………………………………… Module 38
F7………………………………………………. Module 28
F8………………………………………………. Module 17
F9………………………………………………. Module 28
Fence…………………………………………. Module 23
FILEDIA……………………………………….. Module 2
FILL…………………………………………….. Module 29
FILLET…………………………………………. Module 12
floating toolbar…………………………….. Module 1
flyout menu…………………………………. Module 1
freeze…………………………………………. Module 5
Full Section………………………………….. Module 34
Glass Box Principle………………………… Module 27
Graphic window……………………………. Module 1
graphic cursor………………………………. Module 1
GRID…………………………………………… Module 28
Grids………………………………………….. Module 28
Half Section…………………………………. Module 34
HATCH………………………………………… Module 32
HATCHEDIT………………………………….. Module 32
Hatching Boundaries……………………… Module 32
Hatching Patterns…………………………. Module 32
hidden Line………………………………….. Module 27
ID………………………………………………. Module 15
Inquiry……………………………………….. Module 17
Insert…………………………………………. Module 33
INSERT………………………………………… Module 33
Inserting Dimensions…………………….. Module 38
Layer Property Manager…………………. Module 5
LAYER…………………………………………. Module 5
Layers…………………………………………. Module 5
LAYOUT………………………………………. Module 18
Layouts……………………………………….. Module 18
Limits…………………………………………. Module 9
LIMITS………………………………………… Module 9
LINE……………………………………………. Module 4
linetype scale……………………………….. Module 13
linetypes……………………………………… Module 13
Lineweight to Objects…………………….. Module 40
Lineweight by Color………………………. Module 40
Lineweight…………………………………… Module 40
LTSCALE………………………………………. Module 13
manual object snap modes……………… Module 8
Match Properties………………………….. Module 22
MEASURE……………………………………. Module 17
Menus………………………………………… Module 1
MIRROR………………………………………. Module 22
MIRRTEXT……………………………………. Module 22
model and layout tabs……………………. Module 1
Model and Layout Tabs………………….. Module 18
Model Space………………………………… Module 18
motion paths……………………………….. Module 22
mouse………………………………………… Module 1
MOVE…………………………………………. Module 20
MTEXT………………………………………… Module 25
Multiline Text………………………………. Module 25
multiview drawing………………………… Module 27
MVIEW……………………………………….. Module 18
Nested Objects…………………………….. Module 34
NEW…………………………………………… Module 2
Node………………………………………….. Module 17
non-associative dimensions…………….. Module 37
nonassociative hatch……………………… Module 32
option prompt……………………………… Module 2
ORTHO……………………………………….. Module 17
orthographic projection………………….. Module 27
OSNAP………………………………………… Module 8
object snap………………………………….. Module 8
object snap modes………………………… Module 8
object lines………………………………….. Module 27
object properties………………………….. Module 13
OFFSET……………………………………….. Module 15
offsetting objects………………………….. Module 15
open polyline……………………………….. Module 29
OPEN………………………………………….. Module 2
PAGESETUP………………………………….. Module 40
PAN……………………………………………. Module 9
Panning………………………………………. Module 9
Paper Space Icon………………………….. Module 18
Paper Space…………………………………. Module 18
PASTECLIP……………………………………. Module 20
PEDIT…………………………………………. Module 29
Pick……………………………………………. Module 13
Pickbox……………………………………….. Module 1
Pline…………………………………………… Module 29
PLINE………………………………………….. Module 29
point of tangency………………………….. Module 12
POINT…………………………………………. Module 17
Polar Array………………………………….. Module 23
Polar Coordinate System………………… Module 10
Polygon………………………………………. Module 14
POLYGON……………………………………. Module 30
Polyline………………………………………. Module 29
Previous……………………………………… Module 22
Properties dialogue box…………………. Module 13
PROPERTIES…………………………………. Module 13
pull-down menu…………………………… Module 1
PURGE………………………………………… Module 34
QLEADER…………………………………….. Module 38
QSAVE………………………………………… Module 2
QTEXT………………………………………… Module 25
Quadrant…………………………………….. Module 8
RECTANGLE…………………………………. Module 30
Rectangular Array…………………………. Module 23
reference point…………………………….. Module 15
Reference Files……………………………… Module 35
REGEN………………………………………… Module 9
regenerating the drawing……………….. Module 9
regular polygon…………………………….. Module 14
Regular Polygons…………………………… Module 30
Relative Cartesian Coordinates………… Module 4
revolved Section…………………………… Module 34
ROTATE………………………………………. Module 22
save drawing as……………………………. Module 2
scale…………………………………………… Module 9
SCALE…………………………………………. Module 24
scroll bars……………………………………. Module 1
Sections………………………………………. Module 34
selecting objects…………………………… Module 13
single line text……………………………… Module 19
SNAP………………………………………….. Module 28
special layer…………………………………. Module 5
Special Text Characters………………….. Module 25
SPELL………………………………………….. Module 25
status bar……………………………………. Module 1
STRETCH……………………………………… Module 24
STYLE………………………………………….. Module 19
Template…………………………………….. Module 2
text justification……………………………. Module 19
text……………………………………………. Module 19
Text window………………………………… Module 1
Text Style dialogue box………………….. Module 19
Thaw………………………………………….. Module 5
three standard views……………………… Module 27
TIME………………………………………….. Module 34
toolbar menus……………………………… Module 1
TRIM………………………………………….. Module 14
Types of Section Views…………………… Module 34
Units………………………………………….. Module 9
UNITS…………………………………………. Module 17
Unlock………………………………………… Module 5
Viewport Scales……………………………. Module 40
VIEWRES…………………………………….. Module 9
Window……………………………………… Module 13
Window polygon…………………………… Module 23
XBIND…………………………………………. Module 35
Xref……………………………………………. Module 35
Xref Dependant Named Objects……….. Module 35
XREF…………………………………………… Module 35
ZOOM………………………………………… Module 9
Zooming……………………………………… Module 9
This page provides a record of edits and changes made to this book since its initial publication. Whenever edits or updates are made in the text, we provide a record and description of those changes here. If the change is minor, the version number increases by 0.01. If the edits involve substantial updates, the version number increases to the next full number.
The files posted by this book always reflect the most recent version. If you find an error in this book, please fill out the Report an Error form.
Version | Date | Change | Details |
---|---|---|---|
1.00 | November 3, 2021 | Book published. |